1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
76 \bibtex_command default
77 \index_command default
81 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
82 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
86 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
87 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
88 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
93 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
94 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
104 \paperorientation portrait
122 \paragraph_separation indent
123 \paragraph_indentation default
124 \quotes_language english
127 \paperpagestyle default
128 \tracking_changes true
129 \output_changes false
132 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
150 \begin_inset CommandInset href
152 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Note Note
174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
175 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
181 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
189 \begin_layout Standard
190 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
191 LatexCommand tableofcontents
198 \begin_layout Chapter
202 \begin_layout Section
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 LyX is a document preparation system.
208 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
209 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
210 It is unlike most other
211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
218 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
220 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
236 pt type, left justified, 5
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
249 \begin_layout Standard
250 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
267 \begin_layout Standard
269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
280 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
281 the format of all of the manuals.
282 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
283 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
300 \begin_layout Section
304 \begin_layout Standard
305 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
307 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
308 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
312 \begin_layout Standard
313 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
314 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
315 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
317 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
318 only a vertical scrollbar.
319 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
320 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
321 This, however, is due
322 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
323 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
324 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
325 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
327 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
328 this doesn't work for equations yet.
331 \begin_layout Standard
332 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
340 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
345 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
346 ing sections of this documentation.
349 \begin_layout Section
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
359 of the manuals from inside LyX.
360 Just select the manual you want read from the
367 \begin_layout Section
369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
371 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
378 \begin_layout Standard
379 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
380 without resorting to configuration files.
381 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
382 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
383 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
388 \begin_inset Index idx
391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
398 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
399 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
404 \begin_inset space \space{}
407 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
408 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
410 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
414 \begin_inset Index idx
417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
418 Reconfiguration of LyX
423 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
426 \begin_layout Section
428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
430 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
437 \begin_layout Standard
438 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
439 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
441 Actually, that isn't quite true.
442 Some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that produces PDFs and
443 the like, and any LyX document can be outupt as plain text or as XHTML.
444 Still, most of the documents people edit in LyX use LaTeX as the backend,
445 and so exporting these documents to PDF, or printing them, requires you
446 to have LaTeX properly installed.
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 Moreover, specific document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook
452 Again, such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
453 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
456 \begin_layout Standard
457 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
458 you can view from the menu
460 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
479 If you are missing packages you need, then you should install them and
480 then reconfigure LyX (menu
482 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
486 \begin_inset Note Note
489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
490 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
498 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
499 More about TeX Code is described in section
504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
506 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
510 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
517 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
527 \begin_inset Index idx
530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 Reconfiguration of LyX
536 See section 5.1 of the
540 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
543 \begin_layout Chapter
547 \begin_layout Section
548 Basic File Operations
549 \begin_inset Index idx
552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
561 \begin_layout Standard
566 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
567 in addition to some more advanced operations:
570 \begin_layout Itemize
574 \begin_inset Graphics
575 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
607 \begin_inset Graphics
608 filename ../images/file-open.png
609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_inset Graphics
629 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
637 \begin_layout Itemize
647 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 \begin_layout Itemize
689 \begin_inset Graphics
690 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
691 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
698 \begin_layout Itemize
704 \begin_layout Standard
705 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
706 a few minor differences.
709 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
724 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
725 you for a template to use.
726 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
727 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
728 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
736 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
743 \begin_layout Standard
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
772 \begin_layout Standard
793 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
798 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
823 will reload the document from disk.
824 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
825 and want to restore it to the last save.
834 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
835 can identify them as your changes.
838 \begin_layout Section
839 Basic Editing Features
840 \begin_inset Index idx
843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
852 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
859 \begin_layout Standard
860 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
861 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
862 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
863 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
865 We'll start with cut and paste.
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 As you might expect, the
873 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
874 various other editing features.
875 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
879 \begin_layout Itemize
885 \begin_inset Graphics
886 filename ../images/cut.png
887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
894 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_inset Graphics
901 filename ../images/copy.png
902 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
909 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_inset Graphics
916 filename ../images/paste.png
917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_inset Graphics
959 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
960 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
971 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also functions as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1202 \begin_layout Standard
1203 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1204 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1206 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1211 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1218 \begin_layout Section
1220 \begin_inset Index idx
1223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1230 \begin_inset Index idx
1233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1242 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1249 \begin_layout Standard
1250 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1251 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1254 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1257 or the toolbar button
1258 \begin_inset Graphics
1259 filename ../images/undo.png
1260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1264 to undo some mistake.
1265 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1270 or the toolbar button
1271 \begin_inset Graphics
1272 filename ../images/redo.png
1273 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1289 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1302 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1303 This is a consequence of the 100
1304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1307 step undo limit, above.
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1319 work on almost everything in LyX.
1320 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1324 \begin_layout Section
1326 \begin_inset Index idx
1329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1338 \begin_layout Standard
1339 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1342 \begin_layout Enumerate
1347 \begin_layout Itemize
1352 once anywhere in the edit window.
1353 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1357 \begin_layout Enumerate
1362 \begin_layout Itemize
1368 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1374 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1377 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1380 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1387 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1392 \begin_layout Standard
1393 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1394 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Standard
1408 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1413 \begin_layout Section
1415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1417 name "sec:Navigating"
1422 \begin_inset Index idx
1425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1434 \begin_layout Standard
1435 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1438 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1444 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1447 \begin_layout Itemize
1450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1453 or the toolbar button
1454 \begin_inset Graphics
1455 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1463 \begin_layout Standard
1464 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1465 (TOC) that is described in section
1466 \begin_inset space ~
1470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1472 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1477 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1478 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1479 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1480 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1481 to the document, see section
1482 \begin_inset space ~
1486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1488 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1497 option sorts the current list, and the
1501 option keeps it in the current view state.
1502 Keeping means that when you have e.
1503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1507 \begin_inset space \space{}
1510 the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1515 \begin_inset space ~
1518 3, the subsections of section
1519 \begin_inset space ~
1522 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1527 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1528 \begin_inset space ~
1534 \begin_layout Standard
1536 \begin_inset space \space{}
1540 \begin_inset Graphics
1541 filename ../images/down.png
1542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1547 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1552 \begin_inset space \space{}
1556 \begin_inset Graphics
1557 filename ../images/up.png
1558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1563 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1567 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1569 So you can for example move section
1570 \begin_inset space ~
1574 \begin_inset space ~
1578 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1580 \begin_inset Graphics
1581 filename ../images/promote.png
1582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1587 \begin_inset Graphics
1588 filename ../images/demote.png
1589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1593 or the corresponding key bindings
1601 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1602 So you can for example make section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1611 \begin_inset space ~
1617 \begin_layout Standard
1619 \begin_inset Graphics
1620 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1626 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1627 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1628 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1629 go back to your last editing position.
1632 \begin_layout Section
1634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1644 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1649 \begin_inset Index idx
1652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_inset Index idx
1662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1693 \begin_layout Standard
1694 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1696 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1697 is used to propose completions.
1700 \begin_layout Standard
1701 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1702 there are completions available.
1703 You can then press the
1707 key to use this completion.
1708 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1709 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1710 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1717 \begin_layout Standard
1718 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1720 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1723 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1725 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1728 by deselecting the option
1735 Automatic inline completion
1737 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1738 To accept this proposal, use the
1747 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1748 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1756 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1763 \begin_layout Section
1765 \begin_inset Index idx
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_inset Index idx
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_inset Index idx
1810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1841 \begin_layout Standard
1842 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1843 LyX's default is CUA.
1846 \begin_layout Standard
1850 \begin_inset space ~
1858 \begin_inset space ~
1879 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1883 \begin_layout Labeling
1884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1888 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1889 LatexCommand nomenclature
1891 description "Tabulator key"
1897 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1898 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1899 \begin_inset space ~
1903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1905 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1912 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1916 , especially section
1917 \begin_inset space ~
1921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1923 reference "sub:Lists"
1929 If you're still confused, look in the
1936 \begin_layout Labeling
1937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1941 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1942 LatexCommand nomenclature
1944 description "Escape key"
1951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1958 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1959 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1962 \begin_layout Labeling
1963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1969 \begin_inset space ~
1973 \begin_inset space ~
1980 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1981 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1985 \begin_layout Standard
1986 There are three modifier keys:
1989 \begin_layout Labeling
1990 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2008 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2009 LatexCommand nomenclature
2011 description "Control key"
2015 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2016 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2020 \begin_layout Itemize
2029 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2032 \begin_layout Itemize
2041 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2044 \begin_layout Itemize
2053 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2057 \begin_layout Labeling
2058 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2076 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2077 LatexCommand nomenclature
2079 description "Shift key"
2083 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2084 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2087 \begin_layout Labeling
2088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2106 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2107 LatexCommand nomenclature
2109 description "Alt or Meta key"
2113 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2114 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2115 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2121 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2123 menu accelerator keys
2126 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2127 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2131 \begin_layout Standard
2132 For example, the sequence
2133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2139 \begin_inset space ~
2143 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2197 manual lists all other things bound to the
2205 \begin_layout Standard
2206 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2207 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2208 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2209 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2210 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2211 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2212 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2213 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2229 followed by a capital
2236 \begin_layout Standard
2237 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2239 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2244 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2247 as explained in sec.
2248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2254 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2261 \begin_layout Chapter
2263 \begin_inset Index idx
2266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 \begin_layout Section
2277 \begin_inset Index idx
2280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2289 \begin_layout Subsection
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2294 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2295 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2296 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2297 numbering schemes, and so on.
2298 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2299 and format the title of your document differently.
2302 \begin_layout Standard
2307 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2308 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2309 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2310 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2311 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2314 \begin_layout Standard
2315 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2316 how to adjust their properties.
2319 \begin_layout Subsection
2321 \begin_inset Index idx
2324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2333 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2340 \begin_layout Standard
2341 You can select a class using the
2343 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2344 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2348 \begin_inset Index idx
2351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2358 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2366 \begin_layout Standard
2367 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2371 \begin_layout Description
2372 Article for basic articles
2375 \begin_layout Description
2376 Report for basic reports
2379 \begin_layout Description
2380 Book for writing a book
2383 \begin_layout Description
2384 Letter for US-style letters
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2389 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2390 will include many of these.
2391 Here are some of the classes.
2392 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2394 Special Document Classes
2403 \begin_layout Description
2404 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2407 \begin_layout Description
2414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2423 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2427 \begin_layout Description
2428 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2429 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2430 There are three article layouts available.
2431 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2432 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2433 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2434 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2439 sequential numbering
2440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2443 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2444 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2445 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2446 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Beamer Layout for presentations
2453 \begin_layout Description
2454 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2455 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2459 \begin_layout Description
2461 \begin_inset space ~
2464 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2471 \begin_layout Description
2474 Die TeXnische Komödie
2476 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2479 \begin_layout Description
2480 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2483 \begin_layout Description
2484 Foils Used to make transparencies
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2493 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2499 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2502 \begin_layout Description
2503 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2510 \begin_layout Description
2511 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2512 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2515 \begin_layout Description
2516 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2519 \begin_layout Description
2524 LaTeX document class
2527 \begin_layout Description
2528 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2531 \begin_layout Description
2536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2543 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2544 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2546 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 Slides Used to make transparencies
2553 \begin_layout Description
2555 \begin_inset space ~
2558 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2559 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2562 \begin_layout Description
2563 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2566 \begin_layout Description
2571 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2574 \begin_layout Standard
2575 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2577 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2583 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2584 of the document classes.
2585 \change_inserted 1 1269457401
2589 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2591 \change_inserted 1 1269457704
2592 Why Is My Document Class `Unavailable'?
2595 \begin_layout Standard
2597 \change_inserted 1 1269458954
2598 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2602 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2604 \begin_inset Index idx
2607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2609 \change_inserted 1 1269457484
2618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2626 Or they are surprised that, when they try to open the
2630 template, they receive a message saying that the document class requires
2631 external files to produce output, files that are not installed.
2632 Surely something is wrong.
2636 \begin_layout Standard
2638 \change_inserted 1 1269458991
2640 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2641 and some of them, like
2645 (which is used for screenplays), are highly specialized.
2646 Indeed, we want LyX to support as many different types of documents as
2647 possible, and, as of LyX 2.0, it includes almost one hundred different layout
2648 files, with the number growing all the time.
2649 No sensible LaTeX distribution will install all of the different files
2650 that might be needed by some LyX document class by default.
2651 There are too many, and they are too various.
2652 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2659 \change_inserted 1 1269459048
2660 So, if there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2661 `Unavailable', all you need to do is install the appropriate class or package
2663 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to try selecting
2664 that document class.
2665 LyX will display a dialog that, among other things, will list the missing
2667 Most TeX distributions now include a See section 5.1 of the
2671 manual for information on how to install them.
2674 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2676 \change_inserted 1 1269458726
2679 lass that is not even list
2680 \change_inserted 1 1269458726
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2686 \change_inserted 1 1269459092
2687 Although, as said, LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents,
2688 it does not include support for every document class people might want
2690 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2691 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2692 For example, the LaTeX document class
2696 is used for dissertations at the University of California.
2697 The LyX team cannot write `layout files' to support every one of these.
2701 \begin_layout Standard
2703 \change_inserted 1 1269459143
2704 Fortunately, however, users can write their own layout files, and many users
2706 Sometimes, this is quite easy, but sometimes it can be quite hard.
2711 manual contains information on how to add support for your favorite document
2717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2726 \begin_inset Index idx
2729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2738 \begin_layout Standard
2739 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2740 chosen document class.
2741 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2742 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2749 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2753 \begin_inset Index idx
2756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2763 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2765 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2769 \begin_layout Standard
2771 \change_inserted 1 1274730016
2772 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2773 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2774 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2775 be able to export PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be able
2776 to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2777 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2778 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2780 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2784 \begin_inset Index idx
2787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2790 Reconfiguration of LyX
2795 See section 5.1 of the
2799 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2804 \begin_layout Standard
2805 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2813 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2814 LyX will advise you about these things.
2822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2826 \begin_layout Standard
2827 Each class has a default set of options.
2828 Here's a quick table describing them:
2831 \begin_layout Standard
2832 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2838 \begin_layout Standard
2840 \begin_inset Tabular
2841 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2842 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3301 \begin_layout Standard
3302 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3308 \begin_layout Standard
3309 You're probably also wondering what
3310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3314 \begin_inset space ~
3318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3322 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3323 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3328 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3333 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3343 headings, there are also
3351 headings, and so on.
3352 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3353 \begin_inset space ~
3357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3359 reference "sub:Headings"
3366 \begin_layout Subsection
3368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3370 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3375 \begin_inset Index idx
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3387 \begin_inset Index idx
3390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3413 \begin_inset space ~
3418 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3420 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3421 to use for your document.
3422 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3426 \begin_layout Standard
3433 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3439 \begin_inset space ~
3444 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3445 You can choose between the following five options:
3448 \begin_layout Labeling
3449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3454 Use default page style of current class.
3457 \begin_layout Labeling
3458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3463 No page numbers or headings.
3466 \begin_layout Labeling
3467 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3475 \begin_layout Labeling
3476 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3481 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3482 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3483 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3486 \begin_layout Labeling
3487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3492 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3498 \begin_inset Index idx
3501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3502 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3508 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3509 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3511 Check the documentation for the
3515 package for more details,
3516 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3530 of paragraphs is described in section
3531 \begin_inset space ~
3535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3537 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3544 \begin_layout Subsection
3545 Paper Size and Orientation
3546 \begin_inset Index idx
3549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3550 Document ! Paper size
3556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3558 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3565 \begin_layout Standard
3566 You'll find the following options in the menu
3569 \begin_inset space ~
3574 of the dialog of the
3576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3582 \begin_inset Index idx
3585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 \begin_layout Labeling
3595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3599 \begin_inset space ~
3604 What size paper to print on.
3608 \begin_layout Itemize
3614 \begin_layout Itemize
3624 \begin_layout Itemize
3630 \begin_layout Itemize
3636 \begin_layout Itemize
3642 \begin_layout Itemize
3648 \begin_layout Itemize
3654 \begin_layout Labeling
3655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3660 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3671 \begin_layout Labeling
3672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3676 \begin_inset space ~
3681 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3682 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3685 \begin_layout Subsection
3687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3694 \begin_inset Index idx
3697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3704 \begin_inset Index idx
3707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3716 \begin_layout Standard
3717 Paper margins are set in the menu
3719 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3723 \begin_inset Index idx
3726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3735 \begin_layout Standard
3736 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3737 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3738 the paper format and the font size into account.
3741 \begin_layout Subsection
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3751 That includes the paragraph environments.
3752 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3753 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3754 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3755 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3764 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3766 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3767 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3768 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3771 \begin_layout Section
3772 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3773 \begin_inset Index idx
3776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3777 Paragraph ! Indentation
3785 \begin_layout Subsection
3787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3789 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3796 \begin_layout Standard
3797 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3798 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3801 \begin_layout Standard
3802 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3803 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3804 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3805 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3809 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3815 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3816 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3817 language than English.
3818 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3821 \begin_layout Standard
3822 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3823 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3825 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3826 LyX takes care of that.
3827 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3829 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3830 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3831 of a page, and so on.
3835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3836 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3841 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3842 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3846 of these pre-coded spacings.
3847 We'll explain more later.
3850 \begin_layout Subsection
3851 Paragraph Separation
3852 \begin_inset Index idx
3855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3856 Paragraph ! Separation
3864 \begin_layout Standard
3865 To separate paragraphs, select
3876 \begin_inset space ~
3883 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3887 \begin_inset Index idx
3890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3896 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3897 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3898 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3912 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3913 \begin_inset space ~
3917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3919 reference "cap:Units"
3924 The default length is 30
3925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3931 \begin_layout Subsection
3935 \begin_layout Standard
3936 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3939 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3941 \begin_inset space ~
3946 dialog and toggle the
3949 \begin_inset space ~
3954 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3957 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3961 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3962 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3967 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3968 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3971 \begin_layout Subsection
3973 \begin_inset Index idx
3976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3977 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3985 \begin_layout Standard
3988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3992 \begin_inset Index idx
3995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4004 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4007 \begin_inset space ~
4016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4017 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4022 \begin_inset Index idx
4025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4026 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4031 installed to use this feature.
4039 \begin_layout Section
4040 Paragraph Environments
4041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4043 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4048 \begin_inset Index idx
4051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4052 Paragraph ! Environments
4058 \begin_inset Index idx
4061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4062 Paragraph environments|(
4070 \begin_layout Subsection
4074 \begin_layout Standard
4075 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4078 \begin_layout Standard
4097 \begin_inset Newline newline
4100 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4101 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4102 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4111 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4114 \begin_layout Standard
4115 A paragraph environment is simply a
4116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4123 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4124 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4125 scheme, labels, and so on.
4126 Additionally, you can
4127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4134 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4135 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4136 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4137 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4138 days of typewriters.
4139 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4141 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4144 \begin_layout Standard
4145 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4146 \begin_inset Graphics
4147 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4153 at the left end of the toolbar.
4154 LyX will change the environment of the
4158 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4159 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4160 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4164 \begin_layout Standard
4173 create a new paragraph using the
4177 paragraph environment.
4179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4186 because if you are in one of these environments:
4189 \begin_layout Itemize
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 \begin_layout Itemize
4207 \begin_layout Itemize
4213 \begin_layout Itemize
4219 \begin_layout Itemize
4225 \begin_layout Itemize
4231 \begin_layout Standard
4232 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4236 , rather than resetting it to
4241 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4242 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4243 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4244 \begin_inset space ~
4248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4250 reference "sec:Nesting"
4255 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4260 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4261 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4265 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4271 \begin_layout Subsection
4275 \begin_layout Standard
4276 The default paragraph environment is
4281 It creates a plain paragraph.
4282 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4283 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4284 this manual) are in the
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4292 You can nest a paragraph using the
4296 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4304 \begin_layout Subsection
4306 \begin_inset Index idx
4309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4318 \begin_layout Standard
4319 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4328 for thanks or contact information.
4329 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4330 page along with today's date.
4331 For other types of documents, the title
4332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4339 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4343 \begin_layout Standard
4344 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4358 Here's how you use them:
4361 \begin_layout Itemize
4362 Put the title of your document in the
4369 \begin_layout Itemize
4370 Put the author name in the
4377 \begin_layout Itemize
4378 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4379 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4385 Note that using this environment is optional.
4386 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4387 If you don't want any date, add the line
4388 \begin_inset Newline newline
4398 \begin_inset Newline newline
4401 to the preamble of your document (menu
4403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4409 \begin_layout Standard
4410 You can use footnotes to insert
4411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4418 or contact information.
4421 \begin_layout Subsection
4423 \begin_inset Index idx
4426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4442 \begin_layout Standard
4443 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4444 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4449 \begin_inset Index idx
4452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4453 Section headings ! Numbered
4461 \begin_layout Standard
4462 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4466 \begin_layout Enumerate
4472 \begin_layout Enumerate
4478 \begin_layout Enumerate
4484 \begin_layout Enumerate
4490 \begin_layout Enumerate
4496 \begin_layout Enumerate
4502 \begin_layout Enumerate
4508 \begin_layout Standard
4509 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4510 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4511 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4514 \begin_layout Standard
4515 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4516 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4517 You group the book into chapters.
4518 LyX does similar grouping:
4521 \begin_layout Itemize
4526 is divided in either
4537 \begin_layout Itemize
4549 \begin_layout Itemize
4561 \begin_layout Itemize
4573 \begin_layout Itemize
4585 \begin_layout Itemize
4597 \begin_layout Standard
4598 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4606 Not all document types use the
4610 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4615 is the top-level heading.
4623 \begin_layout Standard
4628 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4629 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4631 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4645 \begin_inset Index idx
4648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4649 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4662 \begin_layout Enumerate
4668 \begin_layout Enumerate
4674 \begin_layout Enumerate
4680 \begin_layout Enumerate
4686 \begin_layout Enumerate
4692 \begin_layout Standard
4694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4701 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4702 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4703 table of contents, see section
4704 \begin_inset space ~
4708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4718 Changing the Numbering
4719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4721 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4730 in the Table of Contents.
4731 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4733 Certain classes start with
4747 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4757 This is something you can change.
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4769 \begin_inset Index idx
4772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4783 \begin_inset space ~
4787 \begin_inset space ~
4792 you'll see two counters.
4797 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4799 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4803 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4804 Short Titles of Headings
4805 \begin_inset Index idx
4808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4809 Section headings ! Short titles
4815 \begin_inset Argument
4818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4827 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4834 \begin_layout Standard
4835 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4836 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4837 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4838 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4841 \begin_layout Standard
4842 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4843 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4844 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4845 To specify a short title, use the menu
4847 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4849 \begin_inset space ~
4855 This will insert a box labeled
4856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4871 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4872 This also works for captions inside floats.
4875 \begin_layout Standard
4876 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4879 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4883 \begin_layout Standard
4884 The following information applies to all section headings:
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4892 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4895 \begin_layout Itemize
4896 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4899 \begin_layout Itemize
4900 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4903 \begin_layout Subsection
4904 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4922 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4923 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4924 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4925 the text they contain.
4926 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4934 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4947 when you start a new paragraph.
4948 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4952 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4953 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4954 to change back to the
4958 environment yourself.
4961 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4978 \begin_inset Index idx
4981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4990 \begin_layout Standard
4991 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4992 time for the differences.
5001 are identical except for one difference:
5005 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5014 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5017 \begin_layout Standard
5018 Here's an example of the
5031 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5033 See – no indentation!
5037 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5038 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5039 the other paragraph.
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 Here's another example, this time in the
5050 \begin_layout Quotation
5056 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5057 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5058 the first line, then
5062 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5066 you were quoting other text.
5069 \begin_layout Quotation
5070 Here's a new paragraph.
5071 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5072 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5075 \begin_layout Standard
5076 As the examples show,
5080 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5081 They should put quotes in the
5086 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5090 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5099 \begin_inset Index idx
5102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5111 \begin_inset Index idx
5114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5135 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5141 \begin_inset Newline newline
5144 Which I did not rehearse!
5148 It could be much worse.
5149 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5151 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5152 indented a bit more than the first.
5153 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5159 \begin_inset Newline newline
5162 And make things look fine
5163 \begin_inset Newline newline
5169 arg "newline-insert newline"
5175 \begin_layout Standard
5180 does not indent both margins.
5181 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5182 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5189 arg "newline-insert newline"
5195 \begin_layout Subsection
5197 \begin_inset Index idx
5200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5216 \begin_layout Standard
5217 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5227 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5236 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5237 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5238 some general features of all four of them.
5241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5245 \begin_layout Standard
5246 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5248 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5257 reset the environment to
5261 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5262 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5263 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5267 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5270 to break paragraphs.
5273 \begin_layout Standard
5274 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5275 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5277 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5278 you read all of section
5279 \begin_inset space ~
5283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5285 reference "sec:Nesting"
5293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5299 \begin_inset Index idx
5302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5318 \begin_layout Standard
5319 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5323 paragraph environment.
5324 It has the following properties:
5327 \begin_layout Itemize
5328 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5332 \begin_layout Itemize
5333 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5336 \begin_layout Itemize
5337 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5341 \begin_layout Itemize
5342 The items can have any length.
5343 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5344 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5351 \begin_layout Itemize
5356 environment inside another
5360 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5364 \begin_layout Itemize
5365 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5368 \begin_layout Itemize
5369 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5372 \begin_layout Itemize
5374 \begin_inset space ~
5378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5380 reference "sec:Nesting"
5384 for a full explanation of nesting.
5388 \begin_layout Standard
5389 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5398 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5401 \begin_layout Standard
5402 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5403 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The label for the first level
5411 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 The label for the second level is a dash.
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5425 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5430 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 Back out to the third level.
5435 \begin_layout Itemize
5436 Back to the second level.
5440 \begin_layout Itemize
5441 Back to the outermost level.
5444 \begin_layout Standard
5445 These are the default labels for an
5450 You can customize these labels in the
5452 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5455 dialog in the submenu
5462 \begin_inset Index idx
5465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5474 \begin_layout Standard
5475 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5476 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5478 \begin_inset space ~
5482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5484 reference "sec:Nesting"
5491 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5497 \begin_inset Index idx
5500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5509 name "sec:Enumerate"
5516 \begin_layout Standard
5521 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5522 It has these properties:
5525 \begin_layout Enumerate
5526 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5530 \begin_layout Enumerate
5531 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5535 \begin_layout Enumerate
5536 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5539 \begin_layout Enumerate
5544 environment resets the counter to one.
5547 \begin_layout Enumerate
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5562 Items can have any length.
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5566 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5570 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5578 \begin_layout Standard
5587 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5588 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 The first level of an
5600 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5605 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5614 \begin_layout Enumerate
5615 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5619 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5624 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 Back to the third level
5629 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 Back to the second level.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Back to the outermost level.
5638 \begin_layout Standard
5639 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5644 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5649 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5653 \begin_layout Standard
5654 There is more to nesting
5658 environments than we've stated here.
5659 You should read section
5660 \begin_inset space ~
5664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5666 reference "sec:Nesting"
5670 to learn more about nesting.
5673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5679 \begin_inset Index idx
5682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5691 \begin_layout Standard
5692 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5696 list has no fixed label.
5697 Instead, LyX uses the first
5698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5705 of the first line as the label.
5709 \begin_layout Description
5710 Example: This is an example of the
5717 \begin_layout Standard
5718 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5722 \begin_layout Standard
5724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5731 it is meant that the first hit of the
5735 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5737 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5745 arg "space-insert protected"
5750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5751 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5753 \begin_inset space ~
5759 \begin_inset space ~
5763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5765 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5769 for more info.) Here is an example:
5772 \begin_layout Description
5774 \begin_inset space ~
5777 Example: This one shows how to use a
5780 \begin_inset space ~
5792 \begin_layout Description
5793 Usage: You should use the
5797 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5798 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5800 It's not a good idea to use a
5804 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5805 You're better off using
5817 paragraphs into them.
5820 \begin_layout Description
5821 Nesting: You can nest
5825 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5829 \begin_layout Standard
5830 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5831 them from the first line.
5834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5840 \begin_inset Index idx
5843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5852 \begin_layout Standard
5857 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5860 \begin_layout Standard
5861 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5869 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5874 environment is named
5886 \begin_layout Standard
5895 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5896 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5899 \begin_layout Labeling
5900 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5902 \begin_inset space ~
5905 labels LyX uses the first
5906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5913 of each line as the item label.
5918 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5919 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5920 blank as described above.
5923 \begin_layout Labeling
5924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5925 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5926 the body of the item text.
5927 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5928 label width plus a little extra space.
5932 \begin_layout Labeling
5933 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5935 \begin_inset space ~
5938 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5940 If the label width is larger, the label
5941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5948 into the first line.
5949 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5950 margin of the rest of the item text.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5956 \begin_inset space ~
5959 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5964 environment have the same left margin.
5965 \begin_inset Newline newline
5968 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5973 \begin_inset space ~
5982 \begin_inset space ~
5987 determines the default label width.
5988 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5997 multiple times instead.
5998 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6007 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6010 \begin_inset space ~
6015 every time you alter a label in a
6020 \begin_inset Newline newline
6023 The predefined default width is the length of
6024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6033 \begin_inset Newline newline
6037 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6045 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6046 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6054 \begin_layout Standard
6059 environment the same way like the
6063 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6069 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6078 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6080 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6082 \begin_inset space ~
6086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6088 reference "sec:Nesting"
6092 to learn about nesting.
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6096 There is yet another feature of the
6100 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6102 You can use additional
6106 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6111 are documented in section
6112 \begin_inset space ~
6116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6118 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6123 Here are some examples:
6124 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6130 \begin_layout Labeling
6131 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6132 Left The default for
6139 \begin_layout Labeling
6140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6141 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6148 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6151 \begin_layout Labeling
6152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6153 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6157 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6164 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6167 \begin_layout Subsection
6169 \begin_inset Index idx
6172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6189 \begin_inset space ~
6197 \begin_layout Standard
6198 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6206 \begin_inset space ~
6212 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6213 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6214 In contrast, you can use the
6221 \begin_inset space ~
6226 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6227 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6231 \begin_layout Standard
6232 Of course, you're not limited to using
6239 \begin_inset space ~
6248 \begin_inset space ~
6253 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6254 some European academic papers.
6257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6261 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6273 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6274 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6278 \begin_inset space ~
6283 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6284 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6285 Here's an example of each:
6288 \begin_layout Right Address
6290 \begin_inset Newline newline
6294 \begin_inset Newline newline
6298 \begin_inset Newline newline
6301 When is it? What is today?
6304 \begin_layout Standard
6308 \begin_inset space ~
6314 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6315 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6316 Here's an example of the
6323 \begin_layout Address
6325 \begin_inset Newline newline
6328 Where do I send this
6329 \begin_inset Newline newline
6332 Your post office and country
6335 \begin_layout Standard
6336 As you can see, both
6343 \begin_inset space ~
6348 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6353 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6359 This makes sense, since
6367 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6368 Thus, you have to use
6375 arg "newline-insert newline"
6381 \begin_inset space ~
6384 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6386 \begin_inset space ~
6395 menu) to start a new line in an
6402 \begin_inset space ~
6410 \begin_layout Subsection
6414 \begin_layout Standard
6415 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6416 or list of references.
6417 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6424 \begin_inset Index idx
6427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6436 \begin_layout Standard
6441 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6442 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6443 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6444 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6448 in anything else or vice versa.
6454 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6455 The book document classes ignores the
6459 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6463 in a letter document class.
6466 \begin_layout Standard
6471 environment does several things for you.
6472 First, it puts the centered label
6473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6481 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6483 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6484 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6485 the subsequent text.
6486 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6487 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6490 \begin_layout Standard
6491 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6495 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6496 The new paragraph will still be in the
6501 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6502 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6505 \begin_layout Standard
6506 \begin_inset Float figure
6511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6513 \begin_inset Graphics
6514 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6522 \begin_inset Caption
6524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6527 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6548 \begin_layout Standard
6549 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6553 environment, but since this document is in the
6554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6561 class, we can't do this.
6562 We inserted it therefore as figure
6563 \begin_inset space ~
6567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6569 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6574 If you've never heard of an
6575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6582 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6591 \begin_inset Index idx
6594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6603 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6610 \begin_layout Standard
6615 environment is used to list references.
6616 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6617 only use it at the end of the document.
6622 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6625 \begin_layout Standard
6626 When you first open a
6630 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6646 depending on the document class.
6647 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6648 Each paragraph of the
6652 environment is a bibliography entry.
6657 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6658 Each new paragraph is still in the
6665 \begin_layout Standard
6666 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6667 by using a BibTeX database.
6668 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6669 phy handling, have a look at in section
6670 \begin_inset space ~
6674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6676 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6683 \begin_layout Subsection
6687 \begin_inset Index idx
6690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6691 Paragraph ! LyX code
6697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6706 \begin_layout Standard
6711 environment is another LyX extension.
6712 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6717 key as a fixed whitespace;
6721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6733 \begin_inset space ~
6738 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6743 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6744 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6747 arg "newline-insert newline"
6764 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6765 So, when you finish using the
6769 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6770 Also, you can nest the
6774 environment inside of others.
6777 \begin_layout Standard
6778 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 arg "newline-insert newline"
6788 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6793 \begin_inset space \space{}
6803 arg "newline-insert newline"
6809 \begin_layout Itemize
6813 arg "newline-insert newline"
6824 \begin_layout Itemize
6829 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6836 \begin_layout Itemize
6840 arg "space-insert protected"
6847 \begin_layout Itemize
6848 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6849 You must put at least one
6853 in any line you want blank.
6854 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6857 \begin_layout Itemize
6858 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6862 since that will insert
6867 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6870 arg "self-insert \""
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6880 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6884 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6888 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6892 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6896 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6897 printf("Hello World!
6902 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6906 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6910 \begin_layout Standard
6911 This is just the standard
6912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6928 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6929 rc-files, and so on.
6930 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6931 as if you used a typewriter.
6932 \begin_inset Index idx
6935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6936 Paragraph environments|)
6944 \begin_layout Section
6945 Nesting Environments
6946 \begin_inset Index idx
6949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6950 Nesting ! Environments
6956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6965 \begin_layout Subsection
6969 \begin_layout Standard
6970 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6972 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6974 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6976 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6988 \begin_layout Enumerate
6992 \begin_layout Enumerate
6997 \begin_layout Enumerate
7001 \begin_layout Enumerate
7006 \begin_layout Enumerate
7010 \begin_layout Standard
7011 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7012 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7015 \begin_inset space ~
7019 \begin_inset space ~
7027 \begin_inset space ~
7031 \begin_inset space ~
7040 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7041 will tell you how far you are nested).
7042 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7043 \begin_inset Graphics
7044 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7049 \begin_inset Graphics
7050 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7054 or the convenient key bindings
7065 arg "depth-increment"
7071 arg "depth-decrement"
7074 to change the nesting level.
7075 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7076 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7080 \begin_layout Standard
7081 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7082 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7083 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7084 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7087 \begin_layout Standard
7088 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7089 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7091 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7094 \begin_layout Subsection
7095 What You Can and Can't Nest
7098 \begin_layout Standard
7099 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7100 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7103 \begin_layout Standard
7104 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7105 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7106 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7109 \begin_layout Itemize
7110 Completely unnestable
7113 \begin_layout Itemize
7114 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7119 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7123 \begin_layout Standard
7124 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7125 environments have them:
7128 \begin_layout Description
7129 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7130 Can't nest into them.
7134 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_layout Itemize
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7152 \begin_layout Itemize
7158 \begin_layout Itemize
7165 \begin_layout Description
7167 \begin_inset space ~
7170 Nestable You can nest them.
7171 You can nest other things into them.
7175 \begin_layout Itemize
7181 \begin_layout Itemize
7187 \begin_layout Itemize
7193 \begin_layout Itemize
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7205 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Description
7225 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7226 You can't nest anything into them.
7230 \begin_layout Itemize
7236 \begin_layout Itemize
7242 \begin_layout Itemize
7248 \begin_layout Itemize
7254 \begin_layout Itemize
7260 \begin_layout Itemize
7266 \begin_layout Itemize
7272 \begin_layout Itemize
7278 \begin_layout Itemize
7284 \begin_layout Itemize
7290 \begin_layout Itemize
7296 \begin_layout Itemize
7302 \begin_layout Itemize
7308 \begin_layout Itemize
7312 \begin_inset space ~
7318 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7326 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7334 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7343 \begin_inset space ~
7347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7351 \begin_inset space \space{}
7354 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7355 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7356 section headings violate this.
7364 \begin_layout Subsection
7365 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7366 \begin_inset Index idx
7369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7370 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7378 \begin_layout Standard
7379 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7380 affected by nesting anyhow.
7384 \begin_layout Itemize
7388 \begin_layout Itemize
7392 \begin_layout Itemize
7396 \begin_layout Standard
7398 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7406 Figures and tables in
7410 are not affected by this.
7415 Have a look at section
7416 \begin_inset space ~
7420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7422 reference "sec:Floats"
7426 for more information about
7433 \begin_layout Standard
7434 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7435 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7440 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7448 of its own, it behaves just like a
7449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7456 paragraph environment.
7457 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7462 Here's an example with a table:
7465 \begin_layout Enumerate
7470 \begin_layout Enumerate
7471 This is (a) and it's nested.
7475 \begin_layout Standard
7476 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7484 \begin_inset Tabular
7485 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7486 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7572 \begin_layout Standard
7573 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7580 \begin_layout Enumerate
7582 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7586 \begin_layout Enumerate
7590 \begin_layout Standard
7591 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7594 \begin_layout Enumerate
7599 \begin_layout Enumerate
7600 This is (a) and it's nested.
7604 \begin_layout Standard
7605 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7611 \begin_layout Standard
7613 \begin_inset Tabular
7614 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7615 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7701 \begin_layout Standard
7702 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7708 \begin_layout Enumerate
7715 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7718 \begin_layout Enumerate
7722 \begin_layout Standard
7723 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7727 \begin_layout Standard
7728 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7730 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7733 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 \begin_layout Enumerate
7739 This is (a) and it's nested.
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7743 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7749 \begin_layout Standard
7751 \begin_inset Tabular
7752 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7753 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7839 \begin_layout Standard
7840 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7846 \begin_layout Enumerate
7848 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7856 \begin_layout Enumerate
7860 \begin_layout Standard
7861 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7867 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7868 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7872 \begin_layout Subsection
7873 Usage and General Features
7876 \begin_layout Standard
7877 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7886 is the innermost possible depth.
7887 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7890 \begin_layout Enumerate
7891 level #1 – outermost
7895 \begin_layout Enumerate
7900 \begin_layout Enumerate
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7910 \begin_layout Itemize
7915 \begin_layout Itemize
7924 \begin_layout Standard
7925 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7926 both of them in the example.
7927 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7937 For example, if we tried to nest another
7942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7949 , we would get errors.
7952 \begin_layout Subsection
7954 \begin_inset Index idx
7957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7966 \begin_layout Standard
7967 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7968 We have several examples of nested environments.
7969 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7973 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7974 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7977 \begin_layout Labeling
7978 \labelwidthstring MMM
7979 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7988 \begin_layout Labeling
7989 \labelwidthstring MMM
7990 #2-a This is level #2.
7991 We created it by using
7994 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8000 arg "depth-increment"
8007 \begin_layout Labeling
8008 \labelwidthstring MMM
8009 #3-a This is level #3.
8010 This time, we just hit
8017 arg "depth-increment"
8021 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8025 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8031 arg "depth-increment"
8038 \begin_layout Standard
8043 environment, nested inside of
8044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8052 So, it's at level #4.
8053 We did this by hitting
8056 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8062 arg "depth-increment"
8065 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8070 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8086 \begin_layout Standard
8091 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8094 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8100 \begin_layout Labeling
8101 \labelwidthstring MMM
8102 #4-a This is level #4.
8106 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8109 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8114 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8118 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8123 keep nesting things inside
8124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8135 \begin_layout Labeling
8136 \labelwidthstring MMM
8137 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8142 \begin_layout Labeling
8143 \labelwidthstring MMM
8144 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8145 and this is level #6.
8146 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8150 \begin_layout Labeling
8151 \labelwidthstring MMM
8152 #5-b Back to level #5.
8156 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8162 arg "depth-decrement"
8169 \begin_layout Labeling
8170 \labelwidthstring MMM
8174 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8180 arg "depth-decrement"
8183 , we're back at level #4.
8187 \begin_layout Labeling
8188 \labelwidthstring MMM
8189 #3-b Back to level #3.
8190 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8194 \begin_layout Labeling
8195 \labelwidthstring MMM
8196 #2-b Back to level #2.
8201 \begin_layout Labeling
8202 \labelwidthstring MMM
8203 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8204 After this sentence, we'll hit
8208 and change the paragraph environment back to
8215 \begin_layout Standard
8216 We could have also used the
8232 environment in place of the
8237 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8241 Example 2: Inheritance
8244 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8245 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8248 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8257 arg "depth-increment"
8260 , after which, we'll change to the
8268 \begin_layout Enumerate
8273 environment, at level #2.
8276 \begin_layout Enumerate
8277 Notice how the nested
8281 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8285 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8289 \begin_layout Standard
8290 We ended this example by hitting
8295 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8299 and reset the nesting depth by using
8302 arg "depth-decrement"
8308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8309 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8318 \begin_inset Argument
8321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8322 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8330 \begin_layout Enumerate
8331 This is level #1, in an
8335 paragraph environment.
8336 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8340 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8351 arg "depth-increment"
8355 Now, what happens if we nest an
8359 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8360 label be? An asterisk?
8364 \begin_layout Itemize
8374 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8375 So, its label is a bullet.
8376 (We got here by using
8379 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8385 arg "depth-increment"
8388 , then changing the environment to
8396 \begin_layout Itemize
8397 Here's level #4, produced using
8400 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8406 arg "depth-increment"
8410 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8415 \begin_layout Enumerate
8416 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8418 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8423 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8427 , because we are in the
8436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8455 \begin_layout Enumerate
8460 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8461 type of numbering does LyX use?
8464 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8468 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8471 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8474 \begin_layout Enumerate
8478 arg "depth-decrement"
8481 to decrease the depth after the next
8484 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8491 \begin_layout Enumerate
8493 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8497 \begin_layout Enumerate
8499 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8500 numeral as the label.Why?
8503 \begin_layout Enumerate
8504 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8513 Notice, however, that LyX
8517 reset the counter for the label.
8521 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8531 arg "depth-decrement"
8534 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8535 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8536 into the twofold-nested
8544 \begin_layout Enumerate
8545 The same thing happens if we do another
8548 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8554 arg "depth-decrement"
8557 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8560 \begin_layout Standard
8561 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8566 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8580 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8586 The same rule applies for the
8590 environment, as well.
8593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8594 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8597 \begin_layout Enumerate
8598 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8599 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8600 same detail with how we did it.
8609 \begin_layout Standard
8617 arg "depth-increment"
8624 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8625 example in parentheses someplace.
8626 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8627 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8628 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8632 \begin_layout Enumerate
8637 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8642 Now we'll add verse.
8643 \begin_inset Newline newline
8646 It will get much worse.
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8657 arg "depth-increment"
8668 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8669 \begin_inset Newline newline
8672 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8673 \begin_inset Newline newline
8679 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8692 \begin_layout Standard
8693 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8699 \begin_layout Standard
8701 \begin_inset Tabular
8702 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8703 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8794 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8804 arg "depth-increment"
8810 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8820 arg "depth-decrement"
8827 \begin_layout Enumerate
8832 : level #1) This is another item.
8833 Note that selecting a
8837 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8838 3 times to put the table inside the
8846 \begin_layout Quotation
8847 We're now ending the
8851 list and changing to
8856 We're still at level #1.
8857 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8858 The next set of paragraphs is a
8859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8873 \begin_inset space ~
8878 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8882 for the letter body.
8886 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8889 to preserve the depth.
8890 Remember that you need to use
8893 arg "newline-insert newline"
8896 to create multiple lines inside the
8903 \begin_inset space ~
8913 \begin_layout Right Address
8915 \begin_inset Newline newline
8918 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8919 \begin_inset Newline newline
8925 \begin_layout Address
8927 \begin_inset space ~
8933 \begin_layout Quotation
8934 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8938 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8939 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8940 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8941 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8942 as soon as possible.
8943 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8946 \begin_layout Quotation
8947 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8948 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8949 with your order, along with payment.
8952 \begin_layout Quotation
8953 We thank you again for your patience.
8956 \begin_layout Address
8958 \begin_inset Newline newline
8965 \begin_layout Quotation
8966 That ends that example!
8969 \begin_layout Standard
8970 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8971 just a few keystrokes.
8972 We could have easily nested an
8993 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8996 \begin_layout Section
8997 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8998 \begin_inset Index idx
9001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9010 \begin_layout Standard
9011 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9012 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9013 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9014 be broken at the end of a line.
9015 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9019 \begin_layout Subsection
9021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9023 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9028 \begin_inset Index idx
9031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9040 \begin_layout Standard
9041 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9043 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9047 Further documentation is given in section
9048 \begin_inset Newline newline
9052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9054 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9062 \begin_layout Standard
9063 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9078 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9087 A protected space is set with
9089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9090 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9094 \begin_inset space ~
9104 arg "space-insert protected"
9110 \begin_layout Subsection
9112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9114 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9119 \begin_inset Index idx
9122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9123 Spacing ! Horizontal
9131 \begin_layout Standard
9132 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9135 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9139 The length units are listed in Appendix
9140 \begin_inset space ~
9144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9146 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9155 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9157 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9162 \begin_inset Index idx
9165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9174 \begin_layout Standard
9176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9180 \begin_inset space \space{}
9183 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9184 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9185 \begin_inset space ~
9189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9191 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9196 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9197 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9200 arg "space-insert normal"
9206 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9210 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9215 \begin_inset Index idx
9218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9227 \begin_layout Standard
9229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9236 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9245 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9246 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9247 inside abbreviations:
9252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9256 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9260 or between values and units.
9261 Compare for example this:
9262 \begin_inset Newline newline
9266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9270 \begin_inset Newline newline
9276 \begin_layout Standard
9277 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9280 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9282 \begin_inset space ~
9290 arg "space-insert thin"
9296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9300 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9307 \begin_layout Standard
9308 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9311 \begin_layout Description
9313 \begin_inset space ~
9317 \begin_inset space ~
9321 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9325 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9329 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9332 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9335 \begin_layout Description
9337 \begin_inset space ~
9341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9345 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9349 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9353 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9360 em) space between the arrows.
9363 \begin_layout Description
9365 \begin_inset space ~
9369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9373 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9377 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9381 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9385 \begin_inset space ~
9389 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9392 em) space between the arrows.
9395 \begin_layout Description
9397 \begin_inset space ~
9401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9405 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9409 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9413 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9417 \begin_inset space ~
9421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 em) space between the arrows.
9427 \begin_layout Description
9429 \begin_inset space ~
9433 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9437 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9442 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9449 cm space between the arrows.
9452 \begin_layout Standard
9454 \begin_inset space ~
9458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9460 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9464 lists the different space sizes.
9467 \begin_layout Standard
9468 \begin_inset Float table
9473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9475 \begin_inset Caption
9477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9480 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9484 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_inset Tabular
9495 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9496 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9715 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9721 \begin_inset Index idx
9724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9733 \begin_layout Standard
9734 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9735 in a uniform fashion.
9736 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9737 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9738 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9739 equally between themselves.
9743 \begin_layout Standard
9744 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9749 This is on the left side
9750 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9753 This is on the right
9759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9763 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9772 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9787 That was an example in the
9793 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9801 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9804 is one in a standard paragraph.
9805 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9809 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9812 \begin_layout Standard
9813 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9816 \begin_inset space ~
9821 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9824 \begin_layout Standard
9826 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9830 \begin_inset space ~
9836 \begin_layout Standard
9838 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9842 \begin_inset space ~
9848 \begin_layout Standard
9850 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9854 \begin_inset space ~
9860 \begin_layout Standard
9862 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9866 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_layout Standard
9874 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9878 \begin_inset space ~
9884 \begin_layout Standard
9886 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9890 \begin_inset space ~
9896 \begin_layout Standard
9897 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9905 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9909 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9910 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9911 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9915 option in the space dialog.
9923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9925 \begin_inset Index idx
9928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9938 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9944 \begin_inset space \space{}
9947 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9950 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9954 What is correct English?:
9955 \begin_inset Newline newline
9959 \begin_inset Newline newline
9963 \begin_inset space ~
9966 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9967 \begin_inset Newline newline
9971 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9982 \begin_inset Newline newline
9986 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9997 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10003 \begin_layout Standard
10004 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10009 \begin_inset space ~
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10021 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10024 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10028 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10034 \begin_inset space ~
10038 \begin_inset space ~
10042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10045 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10054 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10055 That is why it is named
10056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10064 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10065 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10069 \begin_layout Subsection
10071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10073 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10078 \begin_inset Index idx
10081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10090 \begin_layout Standard
10091 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10094 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10096 \begin_inset space ~
10102 There you find the following sizes:
10105 \begin_layout Standard
10118 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10123 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10129 \begin_inset Index idx
10132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10133 Document ! Settings
10138 for the paragraph separation.
10139 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10150 \begin_layout Standard
10156 \begin_inset Index idx
10159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10165 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10166 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10168 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10169 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10178 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10187 s are described in section
10188 \begin_inset space ~
10192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10194 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10203 If there are several
10207 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10208 You can therefore use
10212 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10220 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10221 \begin_inset space ~
10225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10227 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10234 \begin_layout Standard
10235 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10245 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10246 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10258 \begin_layout Subsection
10259 Paragraph Alignment
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10265 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10269 There are five possibilities:
10272 \begin_layout Itemize
10280 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10286 \begin_layout Itemize
10294 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10300 \begin_layout Itemize
10308 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10314 \begin_layout Itemize
10322 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10328 \begin_layout Itemize
10336 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10342 \begin_layout Standard
10343 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10344 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10345 the left and right margins.
10346 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10349 \begin_layout Standard
10351 This paragraph is right aligned,
10354 \begin_layout Standard
10356 this one is centered,
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10361 this one is left aligned.
10364 \begin_layout Subsection
10366 \begin_inset Index idx
10369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10370 Page breaks ! Forced
10376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10378 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10385 \begin_layout Standard
10386 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10387 can force a page break where you want one.
10388 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10389 Only if you use a lot of
10393 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10396 \begin_layout Standard
10397 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10398 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10402 have to change the page breaking.
10405 \begin_layout Standard
10406 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10408 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10411 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10413 \begin_inset space ~
10419 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10422 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10424 \begin_inset space ~
10429 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10431 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10432 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10436 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10437 at the top of a page.
10438 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10439 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10440 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10441 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10445 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10449 to learn more about
10456 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10460 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10465 \begin_inset Index idx
10468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10469 Page breaks ! Clear
10477 \begin_layout Standard
10478 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10479 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10480 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10481 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10482 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10486 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10489 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10491 \begin_inset space ~
10497 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10500 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10502 \begin_inset space ~
10506 \begin_inset space ~
10511 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10512 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10515 \begin_layout Subsection
10517 \begin_inset Index idx
10520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10529 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10536 \begin_layout Standard
10537 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10539 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10542 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10544 \begin_inset space ~
10548 \begin_inset space ~
10556 arg "newline-insert newline"
10560 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10569 \begin_inset space ~
10574 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10576 This is necessary to avoid
10577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10584 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10587 \begin_layout Standard
10588 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10589 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10590 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10591 set a line break, e.
10592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10596 \begin_inset space \space{}
10599 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10600 \begin_inset space ~
10604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10606 reference "sec:Quote"
10611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10613 reference "sec:Verse"
10618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10620 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10627 \begin_layout Subsection
10629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10631 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10636 \begin_inset Index idx
10639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10648 \begin_layout Standard
10650 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10661 \begin_layout Standard
10664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10665 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10667 \begin_inset space ~
10672 you can insert horizontal lines.
10673 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10674 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10677 \begin_layout Standard
10679 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10694 \begin_layout Section
10695 Characters and Symbols
10698 \begin_layout Standard
10699 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10700 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10705 \begin_inset space \space{}
10708 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10710 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10716 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10720 for information on how this is done.
10723 \begin_layout Standard
10724 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10729 dialog via the menu
10731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10732 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10747 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10748 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10749 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10757 \begin_layout Section
10758 Fonts and Text Styles
10759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10761 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10768 \begin_layout Subsection
10770 \begin_inset Index idx
10773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10782 \begin_layout Standard
10783 There are two types of fonts:
10786 \begin_layout Description
10788 \begin_inset space ~
10792 \begin_inset Index idx
10795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10801 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10806 characters) in the font.
10807 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10808 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10809 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10810 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10811 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10812 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10813 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10814 \begin_inset Newline newline
10817 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10818 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10819 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10820 sizes than at small ones.
10821 \begin_inset Newline newline
10835 \begin_inset space ~
10843 \begin_layout Description
10845 \begin_inset space ~
10849 \begin_inset Index idx
10852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10858 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10859 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10860 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10861 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10862 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10863 picture manipulation program.
10864 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10865 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10866 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10867 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10868 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10870 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10871 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10872 \begin_inset Newline newline
10875 Bitmap fonts are named
10878 \begin_inset space ~
10883 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10886 \begin_layout Standard
10887 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10888 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10889 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10890 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10891 use scalable fonts.
10894 \begin_layout Standard
10895 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10896 its document properties.
10899 \begin_layout Standard
10900 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10901 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10902 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10903 font to emphasize text, you use an
10904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10912 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10913 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10917 \begin_layout Subsection
10918 Document Font and Font size
10919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10921 name "sub:Document-Font"
10926 \begin_inset Index idx
10929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10936 \begin_inset Index idx
10939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10948 \begin_layout Standard
10949 You can set the document fonts in the
10951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10955 \begin_inset Index idx
10958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10959 Document ! Settings
10965 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10966 font shapes roman (serif),
10969 \begin_inset space ~
10981 \begin_layout Standard
10982 The possible options for the font include
10986 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10991 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11013 European Computer Modern
11016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11026 \begin_layout Standard
11035 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11036 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11041 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11044 \begin_inset space ~
11049 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11055 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11056 There are three ways to use one:
11059 \begin_layout Itemize
11060 One way is to use the
11070 Virtual means that it
11071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11082 -glyphs from other fonts.
11083 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11105 Loading the LaTeX-package
11110 \begin_inset Index idx
11113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11114 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11119 with the document preamble line
11120 \begin_inset Newline newline
11127 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11128 \begin_inset Newline newline
11133 will fix the guillemet problem.
11138 and that accented characters are not
11142 glyph, they are build of
11146 characters, the accent and the letter.
11147 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11151 fonts for words with accented characters.
11152 If you search for example for the French word
11153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11160 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11169 and not for the glyph
11170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11174 \begin_inset space ~
11178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11184 \begin_layout Itemize
11185 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11198 , consist of these three main font types
11201 \begin_inset space ~
11230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11234 \begin_inset space ~
11241 as typewriter font.
11242 \begin_inset Newline newline
11245 The differences between roman,
11248 \begin_inset space ~
11257 fonts are explained in section
11258 \begin_inset space ~
11262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11264 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11269 \begin_inset Newline newline
11276 was originally designed for newspapers.
11277 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11278 into the small newspaper columns.
11283 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11286 \begin_layout Itemize
11287 The best solution is to use the
11296 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11300 as the default font.
11301 In most cases they look the same as
11309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11310 One difference is improved kerning for the
11323 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11334 \begin_layout Standard
11335 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11338 For the font size there are four possible values:
11355 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11358 \begin_layout Standard
11359 The font sizes are the
11364 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11365 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11366 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11369 \begin_inset space ~
11375 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11376 \begin_inset space ~
11380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11382 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11394 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11395 a font to display the script characters.
11399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11400 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11405 So this has no effect for the document language
11421 \begin_layout Standard
11422 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11426 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11438 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11439 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11440 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11442 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11445 dialog, see section
11446 \begin_inset space ~
11450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11452 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11464 \begin_layout Subsection
11465 Using Different Character Styles
11466 \begin_inset Index idx
11469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11476 \begin_inset Index idx
11479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11488 \begin_layout Standard
11489 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11490 certain paragraph environments.
11491 LyX supports two character styles,
11500 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11504 \begin_layout Standard
11509 style, do one of the following:
11512 \begin_layout Itemize
11513 click on the toolbar button
11514 \begin_inset Graphics
11515 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11522 \begin_layout Itemize
11523 use the key binding
11532 \begin_layout Standard
11533 These commands are all toggles.
11538 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11541 \begin_layout Standard
11542 One typically uses the
11546 style for proper names.
11548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11555 is the original author of LyX.
11556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11562 \begin_layout Standard
11563 A more widely used character style is the
11568 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11575 \begin_layout Itemize
11576 clicking on the toolbar button
11577 \begin_inset Graphics
11578 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11585 \begin_layout Itemize
11586 using the keybindings
11595 \begin_layout Standard
11600 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11601 es use a different font.
11604 \begin_layout Standard
11605 We've been using the
11609 style all over the place in this document.
11610 Here's one more example:
11613 \begin_layout Quotation
11616 Don't overuse character styles!
11619 \begin_layout Standard
11620 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11621 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11622 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11623 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11627 \begin_layout Standard
11628 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11636 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11638 \begin_inset space ~
11646 \begin_layout Subsection
11647 Fine-Tuning with the
11652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11654 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11659 \begin_inset Index idx
11662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11671 \begin_layout Standard
11672 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11673 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11674 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11675 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11676 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11677 from ordinary dialog.
11680 \begin_layout Standard
11681 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11682 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11683 \begin_inset Newline newline
11686 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11687 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11690 \begin_layout Standard
11691 To use custom character styles, open the
11693 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11695 \begin_inset space ~
11701 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11702 font property which you can choose.
11703 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11706 \begin_inset space ~
11711 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11716 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11717 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11718 environments in a snap.
11721 \begin_layout Standard
11722 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11725 \begin_inset space ~
11737 \begin_layout Labeling
11738 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11752 The possible options are:
11756 \begin_layout Labeling
11757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11762 This is the Roman font family.
11763 Normally a serif font.
11764 It's also the default family.
11774 \begin_layout Labeling
11775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11779 \begin_inset space ~
11786 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11798 \begin_layout Labeling
11799 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11806 This is the Typewriter font family.
11812 arg "font-typewriter"
11821 \begin_layout Labeling
11822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11827 This corresponds to the print weight.
11832 \begin_layout Labeling
11833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11838 This is the Medium font series.
11839 It's also the default series.
11842 \begin_layout Labeling
11843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11850 This is the Bold font series.
11863 \begin_layout Labeling
11864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11869 As the name implies.
11874 \begin_layout Labeling
11875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11880 This is the Upright font shape.
11881 It's also the default shape.
11884 \begin_layout Labeling
11885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11899 s the Italic font shape
11905 \begin_layout Labeling
11906 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11913 This is the Slanted font shape
11915 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11918 \begin_layout Labeling
11919 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11923 \begin_inset space ~
11930 This is the Small caps font shape
11937 \begin_layout Labeling
11938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11943 Alters the size of the font.
11944 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11945 nal to the document font size.
11946 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11947 what you want to do.
11952 \begin_layout Labeling
11953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11974 arg "font-size tiny"
11980 \begin_layout Labeling
11981 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12002 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12008 \begin_layout Labeling
12009 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12030 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12036 \begin_layout Labeling
12037 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12058 arg "font-size small"
12064 \begin_layout Labeling
12065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12079 It's also the default size.
12083 arg "font-size normal"
12089 \begin_layout Labeling
12090 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12111 arg "font-size large"
12117 \begin_layout Labeling
12118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12139 arg "font-size larger"
12145 \begin_layout Labeling
12146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12167 arg "font-size largest"
12173 \begin_layout Labeling
12174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12195 arg "font-size huge"
12201 \begin_layout Labeling
12202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12223 arg "font-size giant"
12230 \begin_layout Standard
12235 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12236 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12237 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12238 — use that instead.
12239 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12242 \begin_layout Labeling
12243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12248 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12253 \begin_layout Labeling
12254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12261 This is text with emphasize on
12264 This might seem like the same as
12268 , but it is actually a bit different.
12274 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12276 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12279 \begin_layout Labeling
12280 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12287 This is text with Underbar on.
12293 arg "font-underline"
12299 \begin_inset Newline newline
12304 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12305 when you couldn't change fonts.
12306 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12307 It's only included in LyX because some people
12311 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12314 \begin_layout Labeling
12315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12322 This is text with Noun on.
12329 , this is a logical attribute.
12330 Normally it's equivalent to
12333 \begin_inset space ~
12342 \begin_layout Labeling
12343 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12348 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12349 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12353 \begin_inset space ~
12358 , which is the default
12359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12366 and means normally black, you can choose between
12399 \begin_inset Index idx
12402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12411 \begin_layout Labeling
12412 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12417 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12418 the language of the document.
12419 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12423 \begin_layout Standard
12424 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12425 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12427 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12429 \begin_inset space ~
12434 dialog, the settings are saved.
12435 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12436 \begin_inset Graphics
12437 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12442 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12443 when the dialog isn't visible.
12447 \begin_layout Standard
12448 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12455 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12456 (suppose you just set the shape to
12457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12475 \begin_inset space ~
12487 \begin_layout Standard
12488 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12496 \begin_inset space ~
12508 \begin_layout Itemize
12514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12521 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12539 \begin_inset Newline newline
12543 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12557 \begin_inset Note Note
12560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12561 For more on phantoms see section
12562 \begin_inset space ~
12566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12568 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12578 \begin_inset Newline newline
12584 \begin_layout Itemize
12589 fonts use characters with serifs.
12590 These are the small
12591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12598 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12599 The following example will show the difference:
12600 \begin_inset Newline newline
12604 \begin_inset Newline newline
12609 text without serifs
12612 \begin_inset Newline newline
12615 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12616 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12623 \begin_layout Itemize
12629 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12630 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12633 \begin_layout Standard
12634 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12635 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12638 \begin_layout Section
12639 Printing and Previewing
12642 \begin_layout Subsection
12646 \begin_layout Standard
12647 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12648 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12649 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12650 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12651 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12653 Additional Features
12658 \begin_layout Standard
12659 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12660 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12661 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12662 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12663 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12664 This happens in two stages:
12667 \begin_layout Enumerate
12668 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12669 generating a file with the extension,
12670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12684 \begin_layout Enumerate
12685 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12689 file to produce printable output.
12693 \begin_layout Subsection
12694 Output file formats
12695 \begin_inset Index idx
12698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12707 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12716 \begin_inset Index idx
12719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12720 File formats ! ASCII
12728 \begin_layout Standard
12729 This file type has the extension
12730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12742 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12746 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12753 \begin_layout Standard
12754 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12756 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12757 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12763 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12765 \begin_inset Index idx
12768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12769 File formats ! LaTeX
12777 \begin_layout Standard
12778 This file type has the extension
12779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12790 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12792 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12793 it manually with console commands.
12794 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12795 you view or export your document.
12798 \begin_layout Standard
12799 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12801 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12802 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12821 \begin_inset Index idx
12824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12833 \begin_layout Standard
12834 This file type has the extension
12835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12855 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12856 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12857 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12861 \begin_layout Standard
12862 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12863 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12864 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12865 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12867 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12870 \begin_layout Standard
12871 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12873 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12874 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12880 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12882 \begin_inset Index idx
12885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12886 File formats ! PostScript
12894 \begin_layout Standard
12895 This file type has the extension
12896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12908 PostScript was developed by the company
12912 as a printer language.
12913 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12915 PostScript can be seen as a
12916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12919 programming language
12920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12923 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12928 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12934 \begin_inset Index idx
12937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12938 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12948 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12951 \begin_layout Standard
12952 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12956 Encapsulated PostScript
12957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12960 (EPS, file extension
12961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12973 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12974 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12979 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12983 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12984 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12985 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12986 EPS to avoid this problem.
12989 \begin_layout Standard
12990 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12992 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12993 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12999 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13001 \begin_inset Index idx
13004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13011 \begin_inset Index idx
13014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13023 \begin_layout Standard
13024 This file type has the extension
13025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13041 Portable Document Format
13042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 was derived from PostScript.
13050 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13059 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13060 looks exactly the same.
13063 \begin_layout Standard
13064 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13068 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13072 (JPG, file extension
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13100 Portable Network Graphics
13101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13104 (PNG, file extension
13105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13117 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13118 in the background to one of these formats.
13119 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13120 will slow down your workflow.
13121 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13124 \begin_layout Standard
13125 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13127 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13130 in three different ways:
13133 \begin_layout Description
13134 PDF This uses the program
13138 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13139 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13143 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13144 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13147 \begin_layout Description
13149 \begin_inset space ~
13152 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13156 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13160 \begin_layout Description
13162 \begin_inset space ~
13165 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13169 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13172 \begin_layout Standard
13173 We recommend to use
13176 \begin_inset space ~
13185 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13186 works without problems.
13191 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13194 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13196 \begin_inset Index idx
13199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13200 FileFormats ! XHTML
13206 \begin_inset Index idx
13209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13218 \begin_layout Standard
13219 This file type has the extension
13220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13232 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13233 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13234 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13235 suitable for the purpose.
13236 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13237 it, but not all do.
13240 \begin_layout Standard
13241 XHTML output remains
13242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13249 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13254 LyX and the World Wide Web
13255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13260 Additional Features
13262 manual, for more information.
13265 \begin_layout Standard
13266 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13268 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13269 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13275 \begin_layout Subsection
13277 \begin_inset Index idx
13280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13289 \begin_layout Standard
13290 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13291 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13295 and choose a file type.
13296 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13299 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13302 you can use the toolbar button
13303 \begin_inset Graphics
13304 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13311 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13316 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13318 \begin_inset space ~
13324 \begin_inset Graphics
13325 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13331 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13335 \begin_inset Graphics
13336 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13343 arg "buffer-view ps"
13349 \begin_layout Standard
13350 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13351 viewer window using the menu
13353 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13359 \begin_layout Standard
13360 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13362 To have a real output, export your document.
13365 \begin_layout Subsection
13366 Printing the File from within LyX
13367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13369 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13376 \begin_layout Standard
13377 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13378 it directly from within LyX.
13379 To print a file, select the menu
13381 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13384 or click on the toolbar button
13385 \begin_inset Graphics
13386 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13391 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13392 This file is then processed by the program
13396 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13401 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13404 \begin_layout Standard
13405 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13406 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13407 printing one set to print on the other side.
13408 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13409 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13410 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13413 \begin_layout Standard
13414 You can set the parameters in the
13417 \begin_inset space ~
13425 \begin_layout Labeling
13426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13431 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13436 Note that this printer name is for the program
13445 has to be configured for this printer name.
13446 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13447 \begin_inset space ~
13451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13453 reference "sub:Printer"
13462 The printer should understand PostScript.
13465 \begin_layout Labeling
13466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13471 The name of a file to print to.
13472 The output will be a PostScript file.
13473 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13477 \begin_layout Section
13478 A few Words about Typography
13479 \begin_inset Index idx
13482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13491 \begin_layout Subsection
13493 \begin_inset Index idx
13496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13505 \begin_layout Standard
13507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13518 character comes in four lengths: the
13530 , and the minus sign:
13531 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13537 \begin_layout Standard
13538 \begin_inset Tabular
13539 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13540 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13541 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13542 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13543 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13544 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13573 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13613 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13640 \begin_inset space ~
13643 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13650 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13677 \begin_inset space ~
13680 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13701 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13735 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13742 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13754 character multiple times in a row.
13755 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13756 the final output, but not in LyX.
13758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13788 \begin_layout Standard
13789 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13790 math mode and has a length of its own.
13791 Here are some examples of the
13792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13806 \begin_layout Enumerate
13807 line- and page-breaks
13808 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13818 \begin_layout Enumerate
13820 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13830 \begin_layout Enumerate
13831 Oh — there's a dash.
13832 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13842 \begin_layout Enumerate
13843 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13847 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13857 \begin_layout Subsection
13859 \begin_inset Index idx
13862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13871 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13878 \begin_layout Standard
13879 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13880 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13885 \begin_inset Index idx
13888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13889 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13894 following the rules of the document language
13898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13899 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13907 \begin_inset space ~
13911 \begin_inset space ~
13918 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13929 \begin_layout Standard
13930 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13935 font and with unusual constructs, like
13936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13944 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13945 This is done with the menu
13947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13948 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13950 \begin_inset space ~
13956 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13957 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13960 \begin_layout Standard
13961 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13962 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13972 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13980 as hyphenation possibility.
13981 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13982 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13983 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13989 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13990 As LyX doesn't support
13996 , you have to use TeX Code.
13997 The result looks in LyX like:
14000 \begin_layout Standard
14001 \begin_inset Graphics
14002 filename clipart/mbox.png
14009 \begin_layout Standard
14010 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
14011 \begin_inset space ~
14015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14017 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14024 \begin_layout Subsection
14026 \begin_inset Index idx
14029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14038 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14039 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14042 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14049 \begin_layout Standard
14050 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14051 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14052 LaTeX then adds the
14053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14056 appropriate amount of space
14057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14061 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14063 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14066 \begin_layout Standard
14067 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14068 not work in all cases.
14070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14081 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14082 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14085 \begin_layout Standard
14086 Here are some examples of
14090 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14093 \begin_layout Itemize
14098 \begin_layout Itemize
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14107 \begin_layout Itemize
14109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14113 this is too much space!
14116 \begin_layout Itemize
14121 \begin_layout Standard
14122 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14125 \begin_layout Standard
14126 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14129 \begin_layout Enumerate
14133 \begin_inset space ~
14138 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14139 \begin_inset space ~
14143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14145 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14150 \begin_inset Index idx
14153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14154 Spaces ! inter-word
14162 \begin_layout Enumerate
14166 \begin_inset space ~
14171 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14172 \begin_inset space ~
14176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14178 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14183 \begin_inset Index idx
14186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14195 \begin_layout Enumerate
14199 \begin_inset space ~
14203 \begin_inset space ~
14207 \begin_inset space ~
14214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14216 \begin_inset space ~
14221 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14222 This function is also bound to
14225 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14231 \begin_layout Standard
14232 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14235 \begin_layout Itemize
14237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14241 \begin_inset space \space{}
14244 this is too much space!
14247 \begin_layout Itemize
14248 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14252 \begin_layout Standard
14253 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14254 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14255 will take care of this.
14258 \begin_layout Standard
14259 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14263 \begin_inset space ~
14268 feature described in section
14274 Additional Features
14279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14281 \begin_inset Index idx
14284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14285 Typography ! Quotes
14291 \begin_inset Index idx
14294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14325 \begin_layout Standard
14326 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14327 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14328 and use a closing quote at the end.
14330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14338 The keyboard character,
14342 , generates this automatically.
14345 \begin_layout Standard
14346 You can change the behavior of the
14350 key using the submenu
14356 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14360 \begin_inset Index idx
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14364 Document ! Settings
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14373 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14378 There are six choices:
14381 \begin_layout Labeling
14382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14394 Use quotes like this
14395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14403 \begin_inset Quotes els
14407 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14413 \begin_layout Labeling
14414 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14417 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14421 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14427 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14431 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14435 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14441 \begin_layout Labeling
14442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14445 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14449 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14455 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14459 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14463 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14467 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14473 \begin_layout Labeling
14474 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14477 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14481 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14487 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14491 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14495 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14499 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14505 \begin_layout Labeling
14506 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14509 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14513 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14519 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14523 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14527 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14531 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14537 \begin_layout Labeling
14538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14541 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14545 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14551 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14555 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14559 \begin_inset Quotes als
14563 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14569 \begin_layout Standard
14570 These settings affect what character the
14577 \begin_layout Subsection
14579 \begin_inset Index idx
14582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14583 Typography ! Ligatures
14589 \begin_inset Index idx
14592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14623 name "sub:Ligatures"
14630 \begin_layout Standard
14631 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14632 print them as single characters.
14633 These groups are known as
14638 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14640 Here are the standard ligatures:
14643 \begin_layout Itemize
14647 \begin_layout Itemize
14651 \begin_layout Itemize
14655 \begin_layout Itemize
14659 \begin_layout Itemize
14663 \begin_layout Standard
14664 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14667 \begin_layout Standard
14668 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14669 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14677 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14693 To break a ligature, use
14695 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14696 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14698 \begin_inset space ~
14705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14716 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14733 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14741 \begin_layout Subsection
14743 \begin_inset Index idx
14746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14755 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14762 \begin_layout Standard
14763 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14764 characters in different sizes and heights.
14765 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14766 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14786 \begin_inset Note Note
14789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14790 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14798 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14799 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14804 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14808 \begin_layout Description
14809 LyX The name of the game, write
14810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14831 \begin_layout Description
14832 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14854 \begin_layout Description
14855 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14877 \begin_layout Description
14878 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14900 \begin_layout Standard
14901 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14906 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14914 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14915 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14916 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14919 : The actual version is
14920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14927 , the previous one was
14928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14938 \begin_layout Standard
14939 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14944 \begin_inset space \space{}
14947 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14949 This will look in LyX like:
14950 \begin_inset Graphics
14951 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14957 \begin_inset Newline newline
14960 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14961 \begin_inset space ~
14965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14967 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14974 \begin_layout Subsection
14976 \begin_inset Index idx
14979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14988 \begin_layout Standard
14989 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14990 space between two words.
14991 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15001 for units use the menu
15003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15004 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15006 \begin_inset space ~
15014 arg "space-insert thin"
15020 \begin_layout Standard
15021 Here's an example to show the differences:
15024 \begin_layout Standard
15025 \begin_inset Tabular
15026 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15027 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15028 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15029 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15036 \begin_inset space ~
15040 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15052 space between number and unit
15059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15068 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15080 half space between number and unit
15093 \begin_layout Subsection
15095 \begin_inset Index idx
15098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15099 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15108 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15110 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15111 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15112 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15113 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15114 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15115 These bits of text became known as
15126 \begin_layout Standard
15127 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15128 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15129 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15130 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15131 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15132 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15133 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15137 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15138 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15139 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15140 \begin_inset space ~
15144 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15146 key "latexcompanion"
15151 \begin_inset space ~
15155 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15161 ] may have more information.
15162 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15165 \begin_layout Chapter
15166 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15169 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15176 \begin_layout Standard
15177 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15182 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15185 \begin_layout Section
15187 \begin_inset Index idx
15190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15206 \begin_layout Standard
15207 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15210 \begin_layout Description
15212 \begin_inset space ~
15215 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15216 \begin_inset Newline newline
15220 \begin_inset Note Note
15223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15224 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15232 \begin_layout Description
15233 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15234 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15236 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15237 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15238 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15241 \begin_inset Newline newline
15245 \begin_inset Note Comment
15248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15249 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15257 \begin_layout Description
15259 \begin_inset space ~
15262 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15263 \begin_inset Newline newline
15267 \begin_inset Newline newline
15271 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15280 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15281 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15282 How this can be done is explained in the
15291 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15297 \begin_inset Newline newline
15301 \begin_inset Newline newline
15304 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15305 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15308 \begin_layout Standard
15309 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15310 \begin_inset Graphics
15311 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15313 scaleBeforeRotation
15319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15323 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15326 \begin_layout Section
15328 \begin_inset Index idx
15331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15340 name "sec:Footnotes"
15347 \begin_layout Standard
15348 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15354 or the toolbar button
15355 \begin_inset Graphics
15356 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15369 \begin_inset Graphics
15370 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15379 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15408 label, the box will
15412 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15413 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15426 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15442 \begin_layout Standard
15443 Here's an example footnote:
15451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15452 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15460 \begin_layout Standard
15461 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15462 position where the footnote box is placed.
15463 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15464 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15465 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15466 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15467 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15472 ey are described in the
15479 \begin_layout Section
15481 \begin_inset Index idx
15484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15493 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15500 \begin_layout Standard
15501 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15502 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15504 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15506 \begin_inset space ~
15511 or the toolbar button
15512 \begin_inset Graphics
15513 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15540 appearing within your text.
15541 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15551 At the side is an example marginal note.
15555 \begin_inset Marginal
15558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15559 This is a marginal note.
15567 \begin_layout Standard
15568 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15569 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15570 pages, right on odd pages.
15573 \begin_layout Section
15574 Graphics and Images
15575 \begin_inset Index idx
15578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15585 \begin_inset Index idx
15588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15597 name "sec:Graphics"
15604 \begin_layout Standard
15605 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15606 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15607 \begin_inset Graphics
15608 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15618 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15621 \begin_layout Standard
15622 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15627 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15628 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15630 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15631 \begin_inset space ~
15635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15637 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15644 \begin_layout Standard
15649 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15650 of the image in the output.
15651 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15655 \begin_inset space ~
15659 \begin_inset space ~
15668 \begin_inset space ~
15672 \begin_inset space ~
15676 \begin_inset space ~
15681 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15682 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15690 \begin_layout Standard
15693 LaTeX and LyX options
15695 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15696 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15700 \begin_inset space ~
15705 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15706 with the image size is printed.
15710 \begin_inset space ~
15714 \begin_inset space ~
15718 \begin_inset space ~
15723 is explained in the
15734 \begin_layout Standard
15735 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15736 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15738 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15742 \begin_layout Standard
15744 \begin_inset Graphics
15745 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15747 rotateOrigin center
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15755 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15756 the image into a float, see section
15757 \begin_inset space ~
15761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15763 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15770 \begin_layout Subsection
15772 \begin_inset Index idx
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15784 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15791 \begin_layout Standard
15792 You can insert images in any known file format.
15793 But as we explained in section
15794 \begin_inset space ~
15798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15800 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15804 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15805 LyX uses therefore the program
15809 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15810 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15811 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15812 \begin_inset space ~
15816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15818 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15825 \begin_layout Standard
15826 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15829 \begin_layout Description
15831 \begin_inset space ~
15834 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15835 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15836 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15840 Graphics Interchange Format
15841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15844 (GIF, file extension
15845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15857 \begin_inset Index idx
15860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15892 Portable Network Graphics
15893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15896 (PNG, file extension
15897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15909 \begin_inset Index idx
15912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15944 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15948 (JPG, file extension
15949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15973 \begin_inset Index idx
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16007 \begin_layout Description
16009 \begin_inset space ~
16012 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16014 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16015 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16016 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16017 \begin_inset Newline newline
16020 Scalable image formats can be
16021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16024 Scalable Vector Graphics
16025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16028 (SVG, file extension
16029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16041 \begin_inset Index idx
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16076 Encapsulated PostScript
16077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16080 (EPS, file extension
16081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16093 \begin_inset Index idx
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16128 Portable Document Format
16129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16132 (PDF, file extension
16133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16145 \begin_inset Index idx
16148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16155 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16156 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16157 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16163 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16171 \begin_layout Standard
16172 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16176 \begin_layout Subsection
16177 Grouping of Image Settings
16178 \begin_inset Index idx
16181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16182 Images ! Settings grouping
16190 \begin_layout Standard
16191 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16193 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16194 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16196 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16197 need to manually change each of them.
16201 \begin_layout Standard
16202 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16205 \begin_inset space ~
16210 field in the Graphics dialog.
16211 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16212 by checking the name of the desired group.
16215 \begin_layout Section
16217 \begin_inset Index idx
16220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16236 \begin_layout Standard
16237 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16238 \begin_inset Graphics
16239 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16250 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16251 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16252 from the rest of the table.
16253 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16254 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16256 Here's an example table:
16259 \begin_layout Standard
16261 \begin_inset Tabular
16262 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16263 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16265 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16266 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16267 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16467 \begin_layout Subsection
16471 \begin_layout Standard
16472 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16473 brings up the table dialog.
16474 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16475 where the cursor is placed currently.
16476 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16477 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16478 done on all of your selection.
16481 \begin_layout Standard
16482 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16485 \begin_inset space ~
16490 helps you in setting table properties.
16491 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16494 \begin_layout Standard
16498 \begin_inset space ~
16503 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16504 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16505 current cell respectively.
16506 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16508 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16509 of text, see section
16510 \begin_inset space ~
16514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16516 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16523 \begin_layout Standard
16524 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16530 This will merge the cells to
16534 cell, spread over more than one column.
16535 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16536 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16537 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16538 in the last row without the upper border:
16541 \begin_layout Standard
16543 \begin_inset Tabular
16544 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16545 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16547 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16569 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16645 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16680 \begin_layout Standard
16681 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16682 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16683 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16684 explained in the tables section of the
16687 \begin_inset space ~
16693 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16697 degrees counterclockwise.
16698 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16701 \begin_layout Standard
16702 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 Most DVI-viewers are
16714 able to display rotations.
16722 \begin_layout Standard
16727 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16732 adds lines for all cell borders.
16735 \begin_layout Subsection
16737 \begin_inset Index idx
16740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 Tables ! Longtables
16747 \begin_inset Index idx
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16759 \begin_layout Standard
16760 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16763 \begin_inset space ~
16767 \begin_inset space ~
16776 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16777 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16780 \begin_layout Description
16785 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16786 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16787 except for the first page, if
16790 \begin_inset space ~
16798 \begin_layout Description
16802 \begin_inset space ~
16807 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16808 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16811 \begin_layout Description
16816 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16817 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16818 except for the last page, if
16821 \begin_inset space ~
16829 \begin_layout Description
16833 \begin_inset space ~
16838 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16839 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16842 \begin_layout Description
16843 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16844 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16846 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16850 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16853 \begin_inset space ~
16861 \begin_layout Standard
16862 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16863 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16864 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16865 The others will then be defined as
16870 In this context, first means first in this order:
16873 \begin_inset space ~
16885 \begin_inset space ~
16891 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16894 \begin_layout Standard
16896 \begin_inset Tabular
16897 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16898 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16899 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16900 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16901 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16902 <row endfirsthead="true">
16903 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16909 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16914 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16923 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <row endfirsthead="true">
16934 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <row endhead="true">
16967 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <row endhead="true">
16998 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <row endfoot="true">
17031 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18548 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18610 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18641 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18796 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18858 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18889 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18920 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18951 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 <row endlastfoot="true">
19013 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19024 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 \begin_layout Subsection
19052 \begin_inset Index idx
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19064 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19071 \begin_layout Standard
19072 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19073 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19074 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19075 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19079 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19080 for the cell's paragraph.
19083 \begin_layout Standard
19084 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19085 for the column in the table dialog.
19086 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19087 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19091 \begin_layout Standard
19093 \begin_inset Tabular
19094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19095 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19097 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19187 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19243 This is longer now.
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19299 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19300 This is longer now.
19305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 \begin_layout Standard
19332 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19333 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19339 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19345 Selection with the mouse or with
19349 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19350 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19351 the selection from outside the table.
19354 \begin_layout Section
19356 \begin_inset Index idx
19359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19375 \begin_layout Standard
19376 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19377 have a fixed location.
19379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19386 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19394 \begin_inset space ~
19399 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19400 too many notes on the page.
19403 \begin_layout Standard
19404 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19405 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19406 and pages without text.
19407 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19408 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19409 Floats are therefore numbered.
19410 Referencing is described in section
19411 \begin_inset space ~
19415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19417 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19424 \begin_layout Standard
19425 To insert a float, use the menu
19427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19431 A box with a caption that has e.
19432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19436 \begin_inset space \space{}
19440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19444 \begin_inset space ~
19448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19451 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19452 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19454 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19455 \begin_inset Index idx
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19465 paragraph within the float.
19466 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19467 by left-clicking on the box label.
19468 A closed float box looks like this:
19469 \begin_inset Graphics
19470 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19475 – a gray button with a red label.
19478 \begin_layout Standard
19479 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19480 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19483 \begin_layout Subsection
19487 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19489 \begin_inset Index idx
19492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 Floats ! Figure floats
19499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19501 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19508 \begin_layout Standard
19511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19512 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19515 inserts a float with the label
19516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19522 \begin_inset space ~
19528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19532 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19533 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19534 This is what we did for Figure
19535 \begin_inset space ~
19539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19541 reference "cap:Platypus"
19546 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19547 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19548 This was done in Figure
19549 \begin_inset space ~
19553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19555 reference "cap:Escher"
19562 \begin_layout Standard
19563 \begin_inset Float figure
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 \begin_inset Graphics
19571 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19573 rotateOrigin center
19580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19581 \begin_inset Caption
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19586 name "cap:Platypus"
19590 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19603 \begin_layout Standard
19604 \begin_inset Float figure
19609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19610 \begin_inset Caption
19612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19630 \begin_inset Graphics
19631 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19633 rotateOrigin center
19645 \begin_layout Standard
19646 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19648 As described in section
19649 \begin_inset space ~
19653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19655 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19659 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19664 and refer to it using the menu
19666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19670 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19679 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19691 \begin_layout Standard
19692 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19693 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19694 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19695 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19697 \begin_inset space ~
19701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19703 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19707 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19708 You can also set the images one below the other.
19710 \begin_inset space ~
19714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19716 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19723 reference "fig:Platypus"
19727 are the subfigures.
19730 \begin_layout Standard
19731 \begin_inset Float figure
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19737 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19741 \begin_inset Float figure
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 \begin_inset Caption
19749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19752 name "fig:Undefinable"
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19765 \begin_inset Graphics
19766 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19777 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19781 \begin_inset Float figure
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19787 \begin_inset Caption
19789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19792 name "fig:Platypus"
19804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 \begin_inset Graphics
19806 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19818 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 \begin_inset Caption
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19830 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19834 Two distorted images.
19847 \begin_layout Standard
19848 Note that the caption is added to the
19851 \begin_inset space ~
19855 \begin_inset space ~
19860 as described in section
19861 \begin_inset space ~
19865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19867 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19876 \begin_inset Index idx
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19880 Floats ! Table floats
19888 \begin_layout Standard
19889 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19892 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19896 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19899 \begin_inset space ~
19903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19905 reference "cap:Table-float"
19909 is an example of a table float.
19912 \begin_layout Standard
19913 \begin_inset Float table
19918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 \begin_inset Caption
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19924 name "cap:Table-float"
19936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19938 \begin_inset Tabular
19939 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19940 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20070 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20091 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20094 \end{array}\right]$
20102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20115 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20136 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20138 \begin_inset Index idx
20141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20142 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20150 \begin_layout Standard
20151 This float type is inserted with the menu
20153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20154 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20158 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20159 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20163 , described in section
20164 \begin_inset space ~
20168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20170 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20177 \begin_layout Standard
20178 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20186 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20192 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20195 \begin_layout Standard
20200 floatname{algorithm}{your
20201 \begin_inset space ~
20207 \begin_layout Standard
20208 to the document preamble (menu
20210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20217 \begin_inset space ~
20223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20239 \begin_inset Index idx
20242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20251 \begin_layout Standard
20252 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 \begin_inset Graphics
20261 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20263 rotateOrigin center
20270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20271 \begin_inset Caption
20273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20276 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20280 This is a wrapped figure.
20281 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20294 This float type is used if you want to
20295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20302 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20304 It can be inserted using the menu
20306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20307 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20309 \begin_inset space ~
20314 if the LaTeX-package
20319 \begin_inset Index idx
20322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20323 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20336 \begin_inset space ~
20346 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20349 \begin_inset space ~
20353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20355 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20359 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 Available units are explained in Appendix
20369 \begin_inset space ~
20373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20375 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20384 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20388 \begin_layout Standard
20389 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20397 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20402 \begin_inset space \space{}
20405 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20406 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20415 \begin_layout Itemize
20416 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20417 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20418 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20419 page breaks will appear.
20422 \begin_layout Itemize
20423 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20424 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20427 \begin_layout Itemize
20428 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20429 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20432 \begin_layout Itemize
20433 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20436 \begin_layout Subsection
20438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20440 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20445 \begin_inset Index idx
20448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 \begin_layout Standard
20458 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20459 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20463 \begin_inset space ~
20471 \begin_layout Standard
20472 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20473 have a multicolumn document).
20474 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20477 \begin_inset space ~
20483 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20484 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20491 \begin_layout Standard
20492 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20493 format is also the same: Table
20494 \begin_inset space ~
20498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20500 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20504 is an example of a rotated table float.
20507 \begin_layout Standard
20508 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20516 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20524 \begin_layout Standard
20525 \begin_inset Float table
20530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 \begin_inset Caption
20533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20536 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 \begin_inset Tabular
20551 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20552 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20617 \begin_layout Subsection
20619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20621 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20626 \begin_inset Index idx
20629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 \begin_layout Standard
20639 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20640 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20641 \begin_inset Newline newline
20647 \begin_inset space ~
20652 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20653 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20654 \begin_inset Newline newline
20660 \begin_inset space ~
20665 is used to rotate floats, see section
20666 \begin_inset space ~
20670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20672 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20679 \begin_layout Standard
20680 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20681 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20684 \begin_inset space ~
20688 \begin_inset space ~
20696 \begin_layout Description
20698 \begin_inset space ~
20702 \begin_inset space ~
20705 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20708 \begin_layout Description
20710 \begin_inset space ~
20714 \begin_inset space ~
20717 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20720 \begin_layout Description
20722 \begin_inset space ~
20726 \begin_inset space ~
20729 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20732 \begin_layout Description
20734 \begin_inset space ~
20738 \begin_inset space ~
20741 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20744 \begin_layout Standard
20745 The order of the above option is
20750 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20754 \begin_inset space ~
20758 \begin_inset space ~
20766 \begin_inset space ~
20770 \begin_inset space ~
20775 , and then the others.
20776 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20778 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20779 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20782 \begin_layout Standard
20783 By default, each option has its own rules:
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20790 \begin_inset space ~
20794 \begin_inset space ~
20799 only floats occupying less than 70
20800 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20803 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20810 \begin_inset space ~
20814 \begin_inset space ~
20819 : only floats occupying less than 30
20820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20823 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20826 \begin_layout Standard
20830 \begin_inset space ~
20834 \begin_inset space ~
20839 : only if more than 50
20840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20843 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20847 \begin_layout Standard
20848 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20852 \begin_inset space ~
20856 \begin_inset space ~
20864 \begin_layout Standard
20865 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20866 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20867 For this case you can use the option
20870 \begin_inset space ~
20876 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20878 Because the float is then no longer able to
20879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20886 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20891 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20894 \begin_layout Standard
20895 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20897 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20899 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20906 \begin_layout Section
20908 \begin_inset Index idx
20911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20920 name "sec:Minipages"
20927 \begin_layout Standard
20928 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20930 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20931 \begin_inset space ~
20938 \begin_layout Standard
20939 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20945 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20946 and its alignment within the page.
20949 \begin_layout Standard
20951 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20961 height_special "totalheight"
20964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 This is a minipage.
20968 The text is set in an italic style.
20971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20974 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20975 another formatting.
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20984 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20987 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20991 as described in section
20992 \begin_inset space ~
20996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20998 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21003 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21009 \begin_layout Standard
21010 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21020 height_special "totalheight"
21023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21024 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21025 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21031 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21035 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21045 height_special "totalheight"
21048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21049 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21050 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21058 \begin_layout Standard
21059 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21065 \begin_layout Standard
21066 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21067 to other box types.
21068 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21079 \begin_layout Chapter
21080 Mathematical Formulas
21081 \begin_inset Index idx
21084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21091 \begin_inset Index idx
21094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21125 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21132 \begin_layout Standard
21133 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21138 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21141 \begin_layout Section
21143 \begin_inset Index idx
21146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21155 \begin_layout Standard
21156 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21157 \begin_inset Graphics
21158 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21163 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21165 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21166 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21167 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21175 \begin_layout Standard
21176 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21180 \begin_inset space ~
21185 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21188 \begin_layout Standard
21189 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21190 line, like this one:
21193 \begin_layout Standard
21194 This is a line with an inline formula
21195 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21201 \begin_layout Standard
21202 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21203 paragraph, like this one:
21204 \begin_inset Formula \[
21209 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21212 \begin_layout Standard
21213 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21219 \begin_inset space \space{}
21223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21236 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21237 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21241 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21244 \begin_inset space ~
21252 \begin_layout Subsection
21253 Navigating in Formulas
21254 \begin_inset Index idx
21257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21266 \begin_layout Standard
21267 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21268 achieved with the arrow keys.
21269 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21270 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21275 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21276 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21280 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21284 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21287 \end{array}\right]$
21295 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21300 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21301 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21304 \begin_layout Standard
21309 , printed in this document as
21310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21331 \begin_inset Note Note
21334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21335 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21336 space character (visible space).
21341 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21342 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21343 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21348 For example, if you want
21349 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21403 , since in the latter case only the
21406 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21411 will be under the square root sign:
21412 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21418 \begin_layout Standard
21419 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21421 \begin_inset Formula \[
21422 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21426 \end{array}\right)\]
21430 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21431 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21434 \begin_layout Subsection
21438 \begin_layout Standard
21439 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21440 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21444 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21445 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21446 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21447 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21448 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21451 \begin_layout Subsection
21452 Exponents and Subscripts
21453 \begin_inset Index idx
21456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21463 \begin_inset Index idx
21466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21475 \begin_layout Standard
21476 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21477 way is to use a command.
21479 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21482 , type in a formula
21488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21504 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21510 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21514 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21535 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21544 , you have to use an extra
21548 to separate the hat and the character.
21550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21554 \begin_inset space \space{}
21558 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21579 Subscripts are similar: To get
21580 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21603 \begin_layout Subsection
21605 \begin_inset Index idx
21608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21617 \begin_layout Standard
21618 Create a fraction with either the command
21625 \begin_inset Graphics
21626 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21634 \begin_inset space ~
21640 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21641 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21642 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21647 To move back up, press
21652 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21653 \begin_inset Formula \[
21654 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21657 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21664 \begin_layout Subsection
21666 \begin_inset Index idx
21669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21678 \begin_layout Standard
21679 Roots can be created using the
21682 \begin_inset space ~
21688 \begin_inset Graphics
21689 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21712 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21718 produces always a square root.
21721 \begin_layout Subsection
21722 Operators with Limits
21723 \begin_inset Index idx
21726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21733 \begin_inset Index idx
21736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21745 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21752 \begin_layout Standard
21754 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21758 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21761 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21762 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21763 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21764 The sum operator will automatically place its
21765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21772 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21775 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21779 \begin_inset Formula \[
21780 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21784 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21788 \begin_layout Standard
21789 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21791 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21792 behind the operator and hitting
21800 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21801 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21803 \begin_inset space ~
21807 \begin_inset space ~
21815 \begin_layout Standard
21816 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21824 feature as addition, such as
21825 \begin_inset Index idx
21828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21835 \begin_inset Formula \[
21836 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21840 which will place the
21841 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21853 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21854 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21860 \begin_layout Standard
21861 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21868 Have a look at section
21869 \begin_inset space ~
21873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21875 reference "sub:Functions"
21879 for an explanation of function macros.
21882 \begin_layout Subsection
21884 \begin_inset Index idx
21887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21896 \begin_layout Standard
21897 Most math symbols can be found in the
21900 \begin_inset space ~
21905 under one of several categories; including
21922 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21926 \begin_layout Standard
21927 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21928 you don't have to use the
21931 \begin_inset space ~
21936 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21937 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21940 \begin_layout Subsection
21942 \begin_inset Index idx
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21954 \begin_layout Standard
21955 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21960 arg "space-insert protected"
21966 \begin_inset space ~
21972 \begin_inset Graphics
21973 filename ../images/math/space.png
21978 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21979 For example, the sequence
21984 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21988 \begin_inset Graphics
21989 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21994 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21995 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21996 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21997 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21999 Here are two examples:
22002 \begin_layout Standard
22012 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22018 \begin_layout Standard
22028 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22034 \begin_layout Subsection
22036 \begin_inset Index idx
22039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22048 name "sub:Functions"
22055 \begin_layout Standard
22059 \begin_inset space ~
22064 contains under the button
22065 \begin_inset Graphics
22066 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22070 a number of function macros, such as
22071 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22075 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22083 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22090 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22091 avoid confusions, because
22092 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22096 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22102 \begin_layout Standard
22103 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22105 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22109 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22115 \begin_layout Standard
22116 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22117 s are placed, as described in section
22118 \begin_inset space ~
22122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22124 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22131 \begin_layout Subsection
22133 \begin_inset Index idx
22136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22145 \begin_layout Standard
22146 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22148 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22149 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22154 \begin_inset space \space{}
22158 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22161 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22162 Our example is entered by typing
22170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22183 \begin_inset space ~
22187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22189 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22193 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22196 \begin_layout Standard
22197 \begin_inset Float table
22202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22203 \begin_inset Caption
22205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22208 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22212 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22222 \begin_inset Tabular
22223 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22224 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22225 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22226 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22227 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22311 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22365 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22419 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22473 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22527 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22581 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22635 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22689 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22743 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22788 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22809 \begin_layout Standard
22810 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22813 \begin_inset space ~
22819 \begin_inset Graphics
22820 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22824 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22828 \begin_layout Section
22829 Brackets and Delimiters
22830 \begin_inset Index idx
22833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22840 \begin_inset Index idx
22843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22852 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22861 For most purposes, using just the keys
22866 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22867 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22868 toolbar delimiter icon
22869 \begin_inset Graphics
22870 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22875 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22877 \begin_inset Formula \[
22878 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22881 \end{array}\right]\]
22885 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22886 \begin_inset Formula \[
22887 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22894 \begin_layout Standard
22895 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22896 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22899 \begin_layout Standard
22900 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22901 left side and right side.
22902 If you use the option
22905 \begin_inset space ~
22910 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22911 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22912 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22913 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22916 \begin_layout Standard
22917 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22918 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22919 inside the brackets.
22920 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22925 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22928 \begin_layout Section
22929 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22930 \begin_inset Index idx
22933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22940 \begin_inset Index idx
22943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22950 \begin_inset Index idx
22953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22954 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22962 \begin_layout Standard
22963 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22966 \begin_inset space ~
22972 \begin_inset Graphics
22973 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22978 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22979 Here is an example:
22980 \begin_inset Formula \[
22981 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22985 \end{array}\right)\]
22989 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22990 \begin_inset space ~
22994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22996 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23001 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23002 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23003 This alignment is set in the box
23008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23056 for every column as default.
23057 For example, the sequence
23058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23069 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23070 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23071 corresponds to the relevant column.
23072 The result will look like this:
23073 \begin_inset Formula \[
23075 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23076 column & has & has\, right\\
23077 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23085 \begin_layout Standard
23086 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23089 arg "newline-insert newline"
23092 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23093 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23095 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23098 or the math toolbar.
23101 \begin_layout Standard
23102 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23103 It can be created with the menu
23105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23106 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23108 \begin_inset space ~
23120 Here is an example:
23121 \begin_inset Formula \[
23133 \begin_layout Standard
23134 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23137 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23140 arg "newline-insert newline"
23144 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23149 arg "newline-insert newline"
23152 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23160 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23161 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23162 A new row is created by every further hit of
23165 arg "newline-insert newline"
23169 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23170 Here is an example:
23171 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23172 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23173 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23178 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23179 where you want to start the shift and hit
23184 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23185 position to the next column.
23186 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23187 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23188 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23189 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23196 \begin_layout Standard
23197 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23204 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23205 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23208 reference "eq:asquared"
23213 The other types are described in section
23214 \begin_inset space ~
23218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23220 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23227 \begin_layout Section
23228 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23229 \begin_inset Index idx
23232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23233 Math ! Formula numbering
23239 \begin_inset Index idx
23242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23243 Math ! Referencing formulas
23249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23251 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23258 \begin_layout Standard
23259 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23261 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23262 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23264 \begin_inset space ~
23272 arg "math-number-toggle"
23276 The formula number appears in LyX as
23277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23284 within parentheses.
23286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23293 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23295 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23296 the document class.
23297 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23298 separated by a dot:
23299 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23300 1+1=2\end{equation}
23307 arg "math-number-toggle"
23310 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23311 You can only number displayed formulas.
23314 \begin_layout Standard
23315 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23317 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23318 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23320 \begin_inset space ~
23324 \begin_inset space ~
23328 \begin_inset space ~
23336 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23339 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23340 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23342 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23348 To number all lines use the shortcut
23351 arg "math-number-toggle"
23357 \begin_layout Standard
23358 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23361 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23362 A label is inserted with the menu
23364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23367 when the cursor is in the formula.
23368 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23369 It is recommended to use the proposed
23370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23381 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23382 type when you have many labels in your document.
23383 We inserted in the following example the label
23384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23391 in the second line:
23392 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23393 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23394 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23399 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23400 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23410 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23414 \begin_inset space ~
23420 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23421 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23422 as the formula number:
23425 \begin_layout Standard
23426 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23429 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23436 \begin_layout Standard
23437 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23438 \begin_inset space ~
23442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23444 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23449 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23455 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23460 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23468 \begin_layout Section
23469 User defined math macros
23470 \begin_inset Index idx
23473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23482 \begin_layout Standard
23483 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23484 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23485 Math macros are explained in section
23488 \begin_inset space ~
23500 \begin_layout Section
23504 \begin_layout Subsection
23506 \begin_inset Index idx
23509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23518 \begin_layout Standard
23519 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23520 To set a font in a formula, use the
23523 \begin_inset space ~
23529 \begin_inset Graphics
23530 filename ../images/math/font.png
23534 , or enter its command, listed in table
23535 \begin_inset space ~
23539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23541 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23548 \begin_layout Standard
23549 \begin_inset Float table
23554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23555 \begin_inset Caption
23557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23560 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23564 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23574 \begin_inset Tabular
23575 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23576 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23578 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23610 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23637 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23664 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23697 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23724 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23785 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23812 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23846 \begin_layout Standard
23847 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23855 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23871 \begin_layout Standard
23872 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23873 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23878 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23879 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23880 Here an example where
23881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23892 denotes the set of numbers:
23893 \begin_inset Formula \[
23894 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23901 \begin_layout Standard
23902 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23904 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23908 \begin_inset space \space{}
23920 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23924 \begin_inset Newline newline
23927 So it is better not to use this feature.
23930 \begin_layout Standard
23931 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23932 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23936 \begin_inset Newline newline
23939 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23945 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23946 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23952 \begin_layout Standard
23959 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23962 \begin_layout Standard
23963 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23966 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23968 \begin_inset space ~
23976 \begin_layout Subsection
23978 \begin_inset Index idx
23981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23990 \begin_layout Standard
23991 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23993 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23997 \begin_inset space ~
24001 \begin_inset space ~
24009 \begin_inset space ~
24015 \begin_inset Graphics
24016 filename ../images/math/font.png
24027 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24028 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24029 Here is an example:
24030 \begin_inset Formula \[
24032 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24033 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24041 \begin_layout Subsection
24043 \begin_inset Index idx
24046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24055 \begin_layout Standard
24056 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24057 automatically chosen in most situations.
24075 For most characters,
24083 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24084 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24089 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24090 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24092 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24093 \begin_inset Graphics
24094 filename ../images/math/style.png
24099 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24100 For example, you can set
24101 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24104 , which is normally in
24113 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24117 The four styles are used in the following example:
24120 \begin_layout Standard
24121 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24125 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24129 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24133 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24140 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24141 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24143 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24145 \begin_inset space ~
24150 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24151 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24152 will be adjusted to correspond.
24153 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24164 \begin_layout Standard
24168 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24174 \begin_layout Section
24178 \begin_layout Standard
24179 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24180 the document classes and into layout modules.
24181 \begin_inset Index idx
24184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24190 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24191 other than the AMS classes.
24193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24195 reference "sub:Modules"
24199 for more on layout modules.
24202 \begin_layout Section
24204 \begin_inset Index idx
24207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24214 \begin_inset Index idx
24217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24226 \begin_layout Standard
24227 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24228 (AMS) that are in common use.
24231 \begin_layout Subsection
24232 Enabling AMS-Support
24235 \begin_layout Standard
24236 Selecting the checkbox
24239 \begin_inset space ~
24243 \begin_inset space ~
24247 \begin_inset space ~
24254 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24258 \begin_inset Index idx
24261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24262 Document ! Settings
24270 \begin_inset space ~
24275 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24277 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24278 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24281 \begin_layout Subsection
24283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24285 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24290 \begin_inset Index idx
24293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24294 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24302 \begin_layout Standard
24303 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24304 LyX allows you to choose between
24325 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24328 \begin_layout Chapter
24332 \begin_layout Section
24334 \begin_inset Index idx
24337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24346 name "sec:Cross-References"
24353 \begin_layout Standard
24354 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24355 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24357 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24358 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24359 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24362 \begin_layout Enumerate
24366 \begin_layout Enumerate
24367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24369 name "enu:Second-item"
24376 \begin_layout Enumerate
24380 \begin_layout Standard
24381 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24386 or by pressing the toolbar button
24387 \begin_inset Graphics
24388 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24394 A grey label box like this:
24395 \begin_inset Graphics
24396 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24401 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24402 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24437 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24442 \begin_inset space \space{}
24445 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24460 \begin_layout Standard
24461 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24466 or the toolbar button
24467 \begin_inset Graphics
24468 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24474 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24475 \begin_inset Graphics
24476 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24481 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24483 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24496 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24500 \begin_layout Standard
24503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24506 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24511 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24512 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24514 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24520 \begin_layout Standard
24521 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24522 \begin_inset space ~
24526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24528 reference "enu:Second-item"
24535 \begin_layout Standard
24536 It is recommended to use a protected space
24540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24541 described in section
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24548 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24557 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24561 \begin_layout Standard
24562 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24565 \begin_layout Description
24566 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24569 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24576 \begin_layout Description
24577 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24578 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24590 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24597 \begin_layout Description
24598 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24599 \begin_inset space ~
24603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24604 LatexCommand pageref
24605 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24612 \begin_layout Description
24614 \begin_inset space ~
24618 \begin_inset space ~
24621 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24623 LatexCommand vpageref
24624 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24631 \begin_layout Description
24633 \begin_inset space ~
24637 \begin_inset space ~
24641 \begin_inset space ~
24644 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24648 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24655 \begin_layout Description
24657 \begin_inset space ~
24660 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24661 \begin_inset Newline newline
24665 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24673 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24678 \begin_inset Index idx
24681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24682 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24695 \begin_layout Standard
24700 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24707 \begin_inset space \space{}
24711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24725 <reference> on page <page>
24727 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24731 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24732 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24733 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24737 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24741 \begin_layout Standard
24742 You can only use the style
24746 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24750 is always possible.
24753 \begin_layout Standard
24754 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24755 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24757 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24758 \begin_inset space ~
24762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24764 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24771 \begin_layout Standard
24772 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24776 \begin_inset space ~
24780 \begin_inset space ~
24785 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24786 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24789 \begin_inset space ~
24794 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24795 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24796 \begin_inset Graphics
24797 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24798 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24799 rotateOrigin center
24806 \begin_layout Standard
24807 You can change labels at any time.
24808 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24809 do not need to take care about this.
24812 \begin_layout Standard
24813 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24814 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24818 References are described in detail in the
24825 \begin_layout Section
24826 Table of Contents and other Listings
24827 \begin_inset Index idx
24830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24837 \begin_inset Index idx
24840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24856 \begin_layout Subsection
24858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24860 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24867 \begin_layout Standard
24868 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24871 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24873 \begin_inset space ~
24877 \begin_inset space ~
24883 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24884 If you click on it, the
24888 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24889 sections in your documents.
24890 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24895 that is described in sec.
24896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24902 reference "sec:Navigating"
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24911 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24913 \begin_inset space ~
24917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24919 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24923 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24925 \begin_inset space ~
24929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24931 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24935 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24937 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24940 \begin_layout Subsection
24941 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24944 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24951 \begin_layout Standard
24952 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24953 You can insert them via the
24955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24957 \begin_inset space ~
24961 \begin_inset space ~
24967 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24970 \begin_layout Section
24971 URLs and Hyperlinks
24972 \begin_inset Index idx
24975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24982 \begin_inset Index idx
24985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24994 \begin_layout Subsection
24996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25005 \begin_layout Standard
25006 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25008 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25015 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25016 \begin_inset Flex URL
25019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25029 \begin_layout Standard
25030 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25036 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25040 \begin_layout Standard
25041 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25049 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25057 \begin_layout Subsection
25059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25061 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25068 \begin_layout Standard
25069 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25074 or with the toolbar button
25075 \begin_inset Graphics
25076 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25077 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25082 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25091 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25092 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25093 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25095 name "LyX's homepage"
25096 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25100 , an Email address like this:
25101 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25103 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25104 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25109 , or a link to a file.
25112 \begin_layout Standard
25113 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25126 to the link target.
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25130 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25131 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25132 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25133 the text style dialog.
25134 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25138 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25140 name "LyX's homepage"
25141 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25148 \begin_layout Standard
25149 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25153 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25155 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25156 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25160 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25162 \begin_inset Newline newline
25170 \begin_inset Newline newline
25177 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25180 \begin_layout Section
25182 \begin_inset Index idx
25185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25194 name "sec:Appendices"
25201 \begin_layout Standard
25202 Appendices are created with the menu
25204 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25206 \begin_inset space ~
25210 \begin_inset space ~
25216 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25217 as the appendix region.
25218 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25223 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25224 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25225 and the subsection number.
25226 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25230 \begin_layout Standard
25232 \begin_inset space ~
25236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25238 reference "cha:Credits"
25243 \begin_inset space ~
25247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25249 reference "sub:Export"
25256 \begin_layout Section
25258 \begin_inset Index idx
25261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25270 name "sec:Bibliography"
25277 \begin_layout Standard
25278 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25279 You can include a bibliography database,
25283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 Known under the name
25285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25297 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25298 manually, using the paragraph environment
25302 , which was described in section
25303 \begin_inset space ~
25307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25309 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25314 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25315 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25319 use a bibliography database.
25322 \begin_layout Subsection
25323 The Bibliography Environment
25326 \begin_layout Standard
25331 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25333 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25342 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25344 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25353 , a short form of its title, as key.
25356 \begin_layout Standard
25357 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25362 or the toolbar button
25363 \begin_inset Graphics
25364 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25370 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25371 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25372 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25373 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25378 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25379 entry with surrounding brackets.
25384 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25385 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25397 \begin_layout Standard
25400 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25403 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25405 key "latexcompanion"
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25413 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25414 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25423 \begin_layout Subsection
25424 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25425 \begin_inset Index idx
25428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25429 Bibliography ! Databases
25435 \begin_inset Index idx
25438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25439 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25447 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25454 \begin_layout Standard
25455 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25461 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25463 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25464 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25469 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25471 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25472 your working field in a database.
25473 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25474 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25476 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25480 \begin_layout Standard
25481 The database is a text file with the file extension
25482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25493 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25494 The format is explained in
25495 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25501 and in LaTeX books (
25502 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25504 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25509 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25510 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25511 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25512 \begin_inset Flex URL
25515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25517 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 To use a database, use the menu
25528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25533 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25546 \begin_inset space ~
25552 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25553 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25556 Add bibliography to TOC
25558 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25563 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25567 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25579 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25580 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25581 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25583 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25589 For information how this is done, have a look at
25590 \begin_inset Newline newline
25594 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25596 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25613 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25614 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25617 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25645 \begin_inset space ~
25651 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25657 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25666 \begin_layout Standard
25667 When you select the option
25669 Sectioned bibliography
25673 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25676 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25677 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25679 Customizing Bibliographies
25687 Additional Features
25692 \begin_layout Standard
25693 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25694 the two methods of creating them.
25695 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25696 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25697 We used the style file
25701 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25704 \begin_layout Subsection
25705 Bibliography layout
25706 \begin_inset Index idx
25709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25710 Bibliography ! Layout
25718 \begin_layout Standard
25719 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25720 For this feature you need to enable the option
25726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25730 \begin_inset Index idx
25733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25734 Document ! Settings
25744 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25745 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25746 in the previous section.
25749 \begin_layout Standard
25750 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25751 in the citation reference window.
25752 Here an example where we set the text
25753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25757 \begin_inset space ~
25761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25764 to appear after the reference:
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25772 key "latexcompanion"
25779 \begin_layout Section
25781 \begin_inset Index idx
25784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25800 \begin_layout Standard
25801 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25805 \begin_inset space ~
25810 or the toolbar button
25811 \begin_inset Graphics
25812 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25830 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25831 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25832 by LyX as the index entry.
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25836 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25837 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25841 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25848 \begin_layout Standard
25849 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25853 \begin_inset space ~
25857 \begin_inset space ~
25860 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25862 \begin_inset space ~
25868 A light blue box labeled
25869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25880 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25881 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25884 \begin_layout Subsection
25885 Grouping Index Entries
25886 \begin_inset Index idx
25889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25899 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25901 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25902 lists under the entry
25903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25911 First we create the entry
25912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25920 \begin_inset space ~
25924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25926 reference "sub:Lists"
25931 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25932 \begin_inset space ~
25936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25938 reference "sec:Itemize"
25942 , we insert the command
25945 \begin_layout Standard
25951 \begin_layout Standard
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25962 for the enumerated list in section
25963 \begin_inset space ~
25967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25969 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25976 \begin_layout Standard
25977 The exclamation mark
25978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25985 marks the grouping levels.
25986 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25987 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25988 If we don't have an index entry for
25989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25996 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25999 \begin_layout Subsection
26001 \begin_inset Index idx
26004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26005 Index ! Page ranges
26013 \begin_layout Standard
26014 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26016 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26017 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26019 \begin_inset space ~
26023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26025 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26032 \begin_layout Standard
26035 Paragraph environments|(
26038 \begin_layout Standard
26039 and another entry at the end of section
26040 \begin_inset space ~
26044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26046 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26056 Paragraph environments|)
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26084 respectively start and end the index range.
26085 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26086 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26087 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26088 An example is the index entry
26089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26092 Document ! Settings
26093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26099 \begin_layout Subsection
26101 \begin_inset Index idx
26104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26105 Index ! Cross referencing
26113 \begin_layout Standard
26114 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26115 We referred for example in the index entry
26116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26124 \begin_inset space ~
26128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26130 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26134 ) to the index entry
26135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26142 in the same section using the entry
26145 \begin_layout Standard
26148 GIF|see{Image formats}
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26152 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26153 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26154 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26157 \begin_layout Subsection
26159 \begin_inset Index idx
26162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26163 Index ! Entry order
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26172 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26173 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26174 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26181 \begin_inset space ~
26185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26187 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26196 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26197 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26222 \begin_inset Index idx
26225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26226 Dummy entries ! maïs
26232 \begin_inset Index idx
26235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26236 Dummy entries ! maître
26242 \begin_inset Index idx
26245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26246 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26251 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26252 order maïs, maison, maître.
26253 To achieve this, we use the command
26256 \begin_layout Standard
26259 previous entry@current entry
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 In our case we want to have
26264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26279 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26289 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26290 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26294 \begin_layout Standard
26295 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26301 \begin_layout Standard
26302 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26307 to generate the index (see sec.
26308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26314 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26323 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26331 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26335 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26336 index commands start with
26337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26349 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26354 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26357 \begin_layout Standard
26369 \begin_layout Standard
26381 \begin_layout Subsection
26383 \begin_inset Index idx
26386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26387 Index ! Entry layout
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26396 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26397 \begin_inset Index idx
26400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26403 This is an italic dummy entry
26408 You can also format the page number using the character
26409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26416 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26417 We can write for example
26420 \begin_layout Standard
26423 italic page number:|textit
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26427 to get the page number in italic.
26428 \begin_inset Index idx
26431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26432 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26437 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26455 \begin_inset space ~
26461 Have a look at section
26462 \begin_inset space ~
26466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26468 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26472 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26476 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26484 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26488 to generate the index, see sec.
26489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26495 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26504 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26505 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26507 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26510 key "latexcompanion"
26522 \begin_layout Standard
26523 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26525 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26526 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26527 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26528 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26529 If so, put the following in the preamble
26532 \begin_layout Standard
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26554 \begin_layout Standard
26555 in the index entry.
26556 \begin_inset Index idx
26559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26560 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26565 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26566 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26567 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26570 \begin_layout Standard
26571 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26577 \begin_inset space \space{}
26580 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26581 for all index entries.
26582 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26594 documentation for details,
26595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26597 key "makeindex,xindy"
26604 \begin_layout Subsection
26606 \begin_inset Index idx
26609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26618 name "sub:Index-Program"
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26626 If the index entry program
26630 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26634 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26643 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26644 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26645 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26646 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26647 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26657 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26658 dialog, see section
26659 \begin_inset space ~
26663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26665 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26670 The available options are listed and explained in
26671 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26673 key "makeindex,xindy"
26678 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26683 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26684 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26688 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26689 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26693 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26694 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26697 \begin_layout Subsection
26701 \begin_layout Standard
26702 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26703 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26711 next to the standard index.
26712 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26713 packages that add this feature.
26719 \begin_inset Index idx
26722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26723 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26728 package to generate multiple indexes.
26729 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26730 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26731 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26738 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26739 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26740 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26744 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26746 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26747 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26748 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26755 Use multiple Indexes
26756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26760 Note that the list of
26761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26768 below already contains the standard index.
26769 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26770 also appear as a heading) to the
26771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26778 input field and press the
26779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26787 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26788 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26789 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26793 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26799 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26800 indexes in the LyX work area.
26803 \begin_layout Standard
26804 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26809 \begin_inset space ~
26813 \begin_inset space ~
26822 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26823 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26824 are some additional features:
26827 \begin_layout Itemize
26828 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26829 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26832 \begin_layout Itemize
26833 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26834 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26843 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26848 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26849 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26850 to the non-subindexes.
26853 \begin_layout Section
26854 Nomenclature / Glossary
26855 \begin_inset Index idx
26858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26865 \begin_inset Index idx
26868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26899 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26906 \begin_layout Standard
26907 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26908 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26912 \begin_layout Standard
26913 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26918 \begin_inset Index idx
26921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26922 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26928 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26929 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26935 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26938 \begin_layout Standard
26939 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26940 and then use the menu
26942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26948 \begin_inset space ~
26953 or the toolbar button
26954 \begin_inset Graphics
26955 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26956 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26973 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26976 \begin_layout Standard
26977 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26978 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26979 The second is the description of the symbol.
26982 \begin_layout Standard
26983 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26991 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26999 \begin_layout Subsection
27000 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27001 \begin_inset Index idx
27004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27005 Nomenclature ! Layout
27013 \begin_layout Standard
27014 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27018 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27024 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27032 \begin_inset Newline newline
27040 \begin_inset Newline newline
27046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27053 character starts/ends the formula.
27054 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27066 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27077 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27078 \begin_inset space ~
27082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27084 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27095 \begin_inset space ~
27100 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27101 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27106 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27113 in this document is:
27114 \begin_inset Newline newline
27119 dummy entry for the character
27124 \begin_inset Newline newline
27136 \begin_inset space ~
27146 font use the command
27175 \begin_layout Subsection
27176 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27177 \begin_inset Index idx
27180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27181 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27189 \begin_layout Standard
27190 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27191 the symbol definition.
27192 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27193 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27196 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27197 LatexCommand nomenclature
27199 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27206 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27210 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27211 LatexCommand nomenclature
27214 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27219 They will be sorted by
27220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27246 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27249 will be sorted before the
27253 since the character
27254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27261 is considered in sorting.
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27265 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27268 \begin_inset space ~
27273 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27274 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27276 For the example given, you can insert
27280 in this field for the
27281 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27288 will be located before
27289 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27296 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27301 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27310 \begin_layout Subsection
27311 Nomenclature Options
27312 \begin_inset Index idx
27315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27316 Nomenclature ! Options
27324 \begin_layout Standard
27329 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27330 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27333 \begin_layout Description
27334 refeq Appends the phrase
27335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27350 to every nomenclature entry, where
27356 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27359 \begin_layout Description
27360 refpage Appends the phrase
27361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27376 to every nomenclature entry, where
27382 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27385 \begin_layout Description
27386 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27389 \begin_layout Standard
27390 There are furthermore the options
27434 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27438 \begin_layout Standard
27439 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27440 class options list in the
27442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27446 In this document the option
27453 \begin_layout Standard
27454 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27460 \begin_layout Standard
27461 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27462 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27467 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27470 \begin_layout Description
27480 \begin_layout Description
27483 nomrefpage Like the
27490 \begin_layout Description
27493 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27502 \begin_layout Description
27506 \begin_inset space ~
27512 \begin_inset space ~
27517 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27520 \begin_layout Subsection
27521 Printing the Nomenclature
27522 \begin_inset Index idx
27525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27526 Nomenclature ! Printing
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27535 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27539 \begin_inset space ~
27543 \begin_inset space ~
27546 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27550 A light blue box labeled
27551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27562 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27563 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27567 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27576 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27584 For example, in order to change the name to
27588 , add the following line to the preamble:
27591 \begin_layout Standard
27599 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27602 \begin_layout Standard
27603 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27609 \begin_layout Standard
27610 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27611 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27614 \begin_layout Standard
27622 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27628 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27629 \begin_inset space ~
27633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27635 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27640 The default value is 1
27641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27647 \begin_layout Subsection
27648 Nomenclature Program
27649 \begin_inset Index idx
27652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27653 Nomenclature ! Program
27659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27661 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27668 \begin_layout Standard
27669 LyX uses the program
27673 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27674 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27679 by adding options, see section
27680 \begin_inset space ~
27684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27686 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27691 The available options are listed and explained in
27692 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27694 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27701 \begin_layout Section
27703 \begin_inset Index idx
27706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27713 \begin_inset Index idx
27716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27717 Document ! Branches
27723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27725 name "sec:Branches"
27732 \begin_layout Standard
27733 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27734 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27735 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27736 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27739 \begin_layout Standard
27740 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27741 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27742 To create a branch, go in the
27744 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27752 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27753 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27757 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27758 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27760 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27763 where you can choose a branch.
27764 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27768 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27769 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27773 \begin_inset Branch Question
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27777 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27786 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27789 \begin_layout Standard
27790 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27799 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27807 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27809 For example you can define for the question branch
27813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27814 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27815 \begin_inset space ~
27819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27821 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27833 \begin_layout Standard
27843 \begin_layout Standard
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 and for the answer branch
27857 \begin_layout Standard
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27878 \begin_inset Branch Question
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27913 \begin_layout Standard
27914 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27950 Now it is possible to use the commands
27954 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27961 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27964 to obtain conditional output.
27965 Here is an example formula where only the
27972 \begin_inset Formula \[
27973 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27980 \begin_layout Standard
27981 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27989 \begin_layout Section
27991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27993 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27998 \begin_inset Index idx
28001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28010 \begin_layout Standard
28015 dialog allows you in the
28019 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28020 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28025 \begin_inset Index idx
28028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28029 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28037 \begin_layout Standard
28042 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28043 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28044 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28046 You can specify in the dialog tab
28050 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28052 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28053 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28057 \begin_layout Standard
28062 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28063 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28064 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28066 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28067 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28069 \begin_inset space ~
28072 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28073 \begin_inset space ~
28076 1 will only display the sections.
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 The header information in the dialog tab
28084 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28085 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28090 \begin_inset space \space{}
28093 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28094 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28097 Automatic fill header
28099 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28100 title and author settings.
28103 \begin_layout Standard
28106 Load in fullscreen mode
28108 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28111 \begin_layout Standard
28112 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28113 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28119 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28120 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28129 \begin_layout Section
28130 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28133 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28140 \begin_layout Subsection
28142 \begin_inset Index idx
28145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28154 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28161 \begin_layout Standard
28162 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28163 constructs, but not all.
28164 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28165 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28166 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28167 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28168 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28172 \begin_layout Standard
28173 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28175 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28179 \begin_inset space ~
28184 or by the toolbar button
28185 \begin_inset Graphics
28186 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28191 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28197 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28198 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28205 , you can write the command part
28211 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28215 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28216 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28217 the following example:
28220 \begin_layout Standard
28221 \begin_inset Graphics
28222 filename clipart/ERT.png
28230 \begin_layout Standard
28234 \begin_layout Standard
28235 This is a line with a
28239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28262 \begin_layout Standard
28263 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28271 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28272 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28280 \begin_layout Subsection
28281 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28282 \begin_inset Argument
28285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28292 \begin_inset Index idx
28295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28304 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28312 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28313 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28314 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28323 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28324 any time if you know the right commands.
28326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28330 \begin_inset space \space{}
28333 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28335 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28336 all caption labels bold.
28337 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28339 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28343 \begin_layout Standard
28344 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28345 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28346 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28348 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28357 \begin_layout Standard
28358 As result you know that the package
28363 \begin_inset Index idx
28366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28367 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28373 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28375 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28381 \begin_layout Standard
28386 usepackage[options]{package name}
28389 \begin_layout Standard
28390 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28391 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28392 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28395 \begin_layout Standard
28396 In your case the package name is
28401 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28406 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28407 So you add the command
28410 \begin_layout Standard
28415 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28418 \begin_layout Standard
28419 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28424 For more commands provided by the
28428 package, have a look at its documentation,
28429 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28443 \begin_layout Standard
28444 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28446 For example if you use a
28450 class, you don't need the package
28454 , you can instead write
28457 \begin_layout Standard
28462 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28467 \begin_layout Standard
28468 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28469 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28470 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28477 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28480 \begin_layout Standard
28481 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28482 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28484 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28485 the previous section.
28488 \begin_layout Standard
28489 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28491 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28493 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28501 \begin_layout Section
28502 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28505 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28510 \begin_inset Index idx
28513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28520 \begin_inset Index idx
28523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28533 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28534 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28535 to break your train of thought with
28537 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28543 \begin_layout Standard
28544 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28545 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28550 \begin_inset Index idx
28553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28554 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28559 as explained below, and turn on
28562 \begin_inset space ~
28569 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28573 \begin_inset space ~
28577 \begin_inset space ~
28580 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28585 \begin_inset space ~
28590 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28593 \begin_layout Standard
28594 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28596 Previews of an already loaded document are
28600 generated just by selecting the
28603 \begin_inset space ~
28608 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28611 \begin_layout Standard
28612 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28613 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28616 \begin_inset space ~
28621 check box in the insert dialog.
28622 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28626 \begin_layout Standard
28627 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28631 (on some systems named simply
28636 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28638 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28644 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28645 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28653 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28657 \begin_layout Standard
28658 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28664 \begin_layout Standard
28665 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28669 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28671 \begin_inset space ~
28676 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28677 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28679 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28680 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28681 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28682 the source view window.
28685 \begin_layout Section
28687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28689 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28694 \begin_inset Index idx
28697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28707 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28708 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28725 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28731 can be seen as the successor to
28739 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28745 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28746 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28754 \begin_layout Standard
28755 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28756 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28763 \begin_layout Standard
28766 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28769 or the toolbar button
28770 \begin_inset Graphics
28771 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28772 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28776 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28777 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28778 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28779 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28780 scrolled so that it is visible.
28785 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28787 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28791 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28792 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28795 \begin_layout Standard
28796 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28803 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28804 will bring an error message.
28805 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28806 specifying a different
28808 Alternative language
28810 in preferences dialog.
28813 \begin_layout Standard
28814 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28817 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28821 \begin_layout Standard
28822 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28823 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28825 But you can use the
28828 \begin_inset space ~
28832 \begin_inset space ~
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28841 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28842 This does work with
28846 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28849 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28853 \begin_layout Standard
28858 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28861 \begin_layout Description
28863 \begin_inset space ~
28866 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28867 should consider, e.
28868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28872 \begin_inset space \space{}
28875 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28876 This should not normally be needed.
28879 \begin_layout Description
28881 \begin_inset space ~
28884 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28885 the spell checker's default choice
28888 \begin_layout Description
28890 \begin_inset space ~
28894 \begin_inset space ~
28897 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28909 \begin_layout Description
28911 \begin_inset space ~
28915 \begin_inset space ~
28918 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28920 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28927 also for the spellchecker.
28931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28932 The encodings are explained in section
28933 \begin_inset space ~
28937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28939 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28948 Only enable this if you use
28952 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28953 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28954 so this is disabled by default.
28957 \begin_layout Section
28959 \begin_inset Index idx
28962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28971 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28978 \begin_layout Standard
28979 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28980 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28990 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28992 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29001 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29002 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29003 are available for many languages.
29006 \begin_layout Standard
29007 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29011 \begin_layout Subsection
29012 Setting up the thesaurus
29015 \begin_layout Standard
29020 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29025 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29030 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29036 en_EN for English).
29037 For instance, the English files are named:
29040 \begin_layout Itemize
29044 \begin_layout Itemize
29048 \begin_layout Standard
29049 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29050 already on your system.
29051 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29052 \begin_inset Flex URL
29055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29057 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29063 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29068 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29070 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29071 unpack a zip archive.
29074 \begin_layout Standard
29083 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29084 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29086 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29087 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29091 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29094 \begin_layout Subsection
29095 Using the thesaurus
29098 \begin_layout Standard
29099 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29101 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29104 or the toolbar button
29105 \begin_inset Graphics
29106 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29107 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29108 rotateOrigin center
29112 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29114 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29116 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29117 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29118 and hyponyms (such as
29126 ), compounds (such as
29130 ) and antonyms (such as
29138 ), which are marked as such.
29141 \begin_layout Standard
29142 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29143 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29149 the dictionary, such as the above
29153 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29158 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29159 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29160 For example looking up the word forms
29168 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29173 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29174 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29186 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29187 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29188 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29191 \begin_layout Subsection
29192 License of the Thesaurus library
29195 \begin_layout Standard
29200 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29205 as a standalone program.
29206 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29207 The library was released under the
29209 Berkeley Database License
29211 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29212 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29213 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29215 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29218 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29222 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29225 \begin_layout Section
29227 \begin_inset Index idx
29230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29237 \begin_inset Index idx
29240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 Document ! Change Tracking
29247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29249 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29256 \begin_layout Standard
29257 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29258 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29259 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29260 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29264 \begin_inset space ~
29267 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29269 \begin_inset space ~
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29278 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29292 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29293 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29296 \begin_inset space ~
29300 \begin_inset space ~
29310 \begin_inset Index idx
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29314 Color ! Change tracking
29319 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29320 the cursor is in changed text.
29321 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29322 \begin_inset Graphics
29323 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29325 rotateOrigin center
29332 \begin_layout Standard
29333 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29334 \begin_inset Index idx
29337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29346 \begin_layout Standard
29347 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29353 \begin_layout Standard
29354 \begin_inset Graphics
29355 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29362 \begin_layout Standard
29363 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29369 \begin_layout Standard
29370 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29374 \begin_layout Standard
29375 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29381 \begin_layout Standard
29382 \begin_inset Tabular
29383 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29384 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29385 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29386 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29392 \begin_inset Graphics
29393 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29394 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29395 rotateOrigin center
29404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29410 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29412 \begin_inset space ~
29415 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29417 \begin_inset space ~
29426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29431 \begin_inset Graphics
29432 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29434 rotateOrigin center
29443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29449 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29451 \begin_inset space ~
29454 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29456 \begin_inset space ~
29460 \begin_inset space ~
29464 \begin_inset space ~
29473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29478 \begin_inset Graphics
29479 filename ../images/change-next.png
29480 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29481 rotateOrigin center
29490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 Jumps to the next change
29500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29505 \begin_inset Graphics
29506 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29507 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29508 rotateOrigin center
29517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29523 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29525 \begin_inset space ~
29528 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29530 \begin_inset space ~
29539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29544 \begin_inset Graphics
29545 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29547 rotateOrigin center
29556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29564 \begin_inset space ~
29567 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29569 \begin_inset space ~
29578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29583 \begin_inset Graphics
29584 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29585 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29586 rotateOrigin center
29595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29603 \begin_inset space ~
29606 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29608 \begin_inset space ~
29617 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29622 \begin_inset Graphics
29623 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29624 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29625 rotateOrigin center
29634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29640 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29642 \begin_inset space ~
29645 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29647 \begin_inset space ~
29651 \begin_inset space ~
29660 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29665 \begin_inset Graphics
29666 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29667 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29668 rotateOrigin center
29677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29685 \begin_inset space ~
29688 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29690 \begin_inset space ~
29694 \begin_inset space ~
29703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29708 \begin_inset Graphics
29709 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29710 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29711 rotateOrigin center
29720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29726 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29727 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29729 \begin_inset space ~
29738 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29743 \begin_inset Graphics
29744 filename ../images/note-next.png
29745 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29746 rotateOrigin center
29755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29763 \begin_inset space ~
29779 \begin_layout Standard
29780 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29786 \begin_layout Standard
29787 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29788 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29789 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29790 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29791 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29792 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29793 step to the next change.
29794 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29797 \begin_layout Standard
29798 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29799 to describe a change.
29802 \begin_layout Standard
29803 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29808 \begin_inset Index idx
29811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29812 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29818 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29819 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29825 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29828 \begin_layout Section
29829 International Support
29830 \begin_inset Index idx
29833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 International support
29842 \begin_layout Standard
29843 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29844 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29845 how to set up LyX to use them:
29846 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29848 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29855 \begin_layout Standard
29856 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29857 \begin_inset space ~
29861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29863 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29870 \begin_layout Subsection
29872 \begin_inset Index idx
29875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 \begin_inset Index idx
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29886 Document ! Settings
29892 \begin_inset Index idx
29895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 Document ! Language
29904 \begin_layout Standard
29907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29910 dialog lets you set
29912 the language and character encoding for your language.
29916 \begin_layout Standard
29917 Choose your language in the
29921 section of this dialog.
29929 \begin_layout Standard
29934 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29939 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29940 For details about the different encoding options see section
29941 \begin_inset space ~
29945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29947 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29954 \begin_layout Subsection
29955 Keyboard mapping configuration
29956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29958 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29965 \begin_layout Standard
29966 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29967 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29968 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29969 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29970 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29972 \begin_inset space ~
29976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29978 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29983 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29984 which one you want to use.
29987 \begin_layout Standard
29988 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29989 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29990 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29991 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29992 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29993 one to support the characters you want.
29994 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30001 \begin_layout Subsection
30005 \begin_layout Standard
30007 \begin_inset space ~
30011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30013 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30022 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30026 \begin_layout Standard
30027 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30028 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30036 \begin_layout Itemize
30037 Even if you have selected
30043 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30046 dialog, users who have only the
30050 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30054 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30055 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30056 french quotes won't show up.
30059 \begin_layout Standard
30060 \begin_inset Float table
30065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30066 \begin_inset Caption
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30071 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30089 \begin_inset Tabular
30090 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30091 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30107 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30108 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 \begin_layout Standard
34522 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34524 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34525 also the characters from
34537 \begin_layout Itemize
34546 \begin_layout Standard
34547 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34548 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34554 \begin_layout Standard
34555 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34556 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34562 \begin_layout Standard
34563 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34564 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34570 \begin_layout Standard
34571 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34572 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34578 \begin_layout Standard
34580 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34586 \begin_layout Standard
34588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34594 \begin_layout Standard
34596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34603 \begin_layout Itemize
34616 \begin_layout Standard
34618 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34624 \begin_layout Standard
34626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34632 \begin_layout Standard
34634 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34640 \begin_layout Standard
34642 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34648 \begin_layout Standard
34650 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34656 \begin_layout Standard
34658 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34665 \begin_layout Standard
34666 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34667 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34668 Also make sure you're using the
34675 \begin_layout Chapter
34678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34680 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34687 \begin_layout Standard
34688 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34689 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34690 topic inside the user's guide.
34693 \begin_layout Section
34695 \begin_inset Index idx
34698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34707 \begin_layout Standard
34712 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34713 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34716 \begin_layout Subsection
34720 \begin_layout Standard
34721 Creates a new document.
34724 \begin_layout Subsection
34728 \begin_layout Standard
34729 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34730 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34731 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34734 \begin_layout Subsection
34738 \begin_layout Standard
34742 \begin_layout Subsection
34746 \begin_layout Standard
34747 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34748 Click there on a file to open it.
34751 \begin_layout Subsection
34755 \begin_layout Standard
34756 Closes the current document.
34759 \begin_layout Subsection
34763 \begin_layout Standard
34764 Closes all opened documents.
34767 \begin_layout Subsection
34771 \begin_layout Standard
34772 Saves the actual document.
34775 \begin_layout Subsection
34779 \begin_layout Standard
34780 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34783 \begin_layout Subsection
34787 \begin_layout Standard
34788 Saves all opened documents.
34791 \begin_layout Subsection
34795 \begin_layout Standard
34796 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34799 \begin_layout Subsection
34803 \begin_layout Standard
34804 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34805 It is described in the section
34807 Version Control in LyX
34811 Additional Features
34816 \begin_layout Subsection
34820 \begin_layout Standard
34821 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34822 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34823 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34824 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34827 \begin_layout Standard
34828 When using the menu entry
34831 \begin_inset space ~
34836 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34840 \begin_inset space ~
34844 \begin_inset space ~
34849 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34850 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34853 \begin_layout Subsection
34855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34864 \begin_layout Standard
34865 You can export your document to various file formats.
34866 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34867 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34868 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34871 \begin_layout Standard
34872 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34874 \begin_inset space ~
34878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34880 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34887 \begin_layout Description
34891 \begin_inset space ~
34896 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34898 \begin_inset Newline newline
34901 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34904 \begin_layout Description
34912 \begin_layout Description
34913 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34917 \begin_layout Description
34919 \begin_inset space ~
34923 \begin_inset space ~
34926 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34930 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34938 \begin_layout Description
34945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34953 \begin_inset space ~
34958 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34959 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34963 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34966 \begin_layout Description
34973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34981 \begin_inset space ~
34986 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34987 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34995 \begin_layout Description
34997 \begin_inset space ~
35000 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35008 is replaced by the version number)
35011 \begin_layout Description
35012 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35015 \begin_layout Description
35016 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35029 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35033 \begin_layout Description
35037 \begin_inset space ~
35042 PDF-format using the program
35047 \begin_layout Description
35051 \begin_inset space ~
35056 PDF-format using the program
35061 \begin_layout Description
35065 \begin_inset space ~
35070 PDF-format using the program
35075 \begin_layout Description
35079 \begin_inset space ~
35087 \begin_layout Description
35091 \begin_inset space ~
35095 \begin_inset space ~
35100 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35101 and then exported as text using the program
35106 \begin_layout Description
35111 PostScript format using the program
35116 \begin_layout Description
35124 \begin_layout Standard
35129 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35130 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35136 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35139 \begin_layout Standard
35140 If one of the menu entries
35147 \begin_inset space ~
35156 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35157 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35158 \begin_inset space ~
35162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35164 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35169 \begin_inset Index idx
35172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35173 Reconfiguration of LyX
35181 \begin_layout Standard
35186 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35187 the export program.
35190 \begin_layout Subsection
35194 \begin_layout Standard
35195 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35196 format or send it to a printer.
35197 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35198 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35204 For more information have a look at section
35205 \begin_inset space ~
35209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35211 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35218 \begin_layout Subsection
35222 \begin_layout Standard
35223 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35224 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35225 prefix, see section
35226 \begin_inset space ~
35230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35232 reference "sec:Paths"
35237 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35246 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35247 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35248 \begin_inset space ~
35252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35254 reference "sub:Converters"
35261 \begin_layout Subsection
35262 New and Close Window
35265 \begin_layout Standard
35266 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35269 \begin_layout Subsection
35273 \begin_layout Standard
35274 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35277 \begin_layout Section
35279 \begin_inset Index idx
35282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35291 \begin_layout Subsection
35295 \begin_layout Standard
35296 Described in section
35297 \begin_inset space ~
35301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35303 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35310 \begin_layout Subsection
35311 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35314 \begin_layout Standard
35315 Described in section
35316 \begin_inset space ~
35320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35322 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35329 \begin_layout Subsection
35333 \begin_layout Standard
35334 Selects the whole document.
35337 \begin_layout Subsection
35341 \begin_layout Standard
35342 Described in section
35343 \begin_inset space ~
35347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35349 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35356 \begin_layout Subsection
35357 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35360 \begin_layout Standard
35361 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35365 \begin_layout Subsection
35369 \begin_layout Standard
35370 Described in section
35371 \begin_inset space ~
35375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35377 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35384 \begin_layout Subsection
35386 \begin_inset Index idx
35389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35390 Paragraph ! Settings
35398 \begin_layout Standard
35399 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35400 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35403 \begin_layout Standard
35404 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35405 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35407 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35413 \begin_inset space ~
35421 \begin_layout Subsection
35422 Table Settings and Math
35425 \begin_layout Standard
35426 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35428 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35429 The properties of tables are described in section
35430 \begin_inset space ~
35434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35436 reference "sec:Tables"
35440 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35441 \begin_inset space ~
35445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35447 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35454 \begin_layout Subsection
35455 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35458 \begin_layout Standard
35459 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35460 that can be nested.
35461 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35462 \begin_inset space ~
35466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35468 reference "sec:Nesting"
35473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35475 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35482 \begin_layout Section
35484 \begin_inset Index idx
35487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 \begin_layout Standard
35501 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35502 document with an external program.
35503 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35504 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35505 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35506 \begin_inset space ~
35510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35512 reference "sub:Export"
35517 You should at least see the menu entries
35524 \begin_inset space ~
35530 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35531 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35532 \begin_inset space ~
35536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35538 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35543 \begin_inset Index idx
35546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35547 Reconfiguration of LyX
35555 \begin_layout Standard
35556 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35557 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35558 \begin_inset space ~
35562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35564 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35569 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35572 \begin_layout Standard
35573 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35576 At the bottom of the
35580 menu the opened documents are listed.
35583 \begin_layout Subsection
35584 Open/Close all Insets
35587 \begin_layout Standard
35588 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35591 \begin_layout Subsection
35592 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35595 \begin_layout Standard
35596 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35599 \begin_layout Standard
35600 Math macros are described in the
35607 \begin_layout Subsection
35611 \begin_layout Standard
35612 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35614 \begin_inset space ~
35618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35620 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35627 \begin_layout Subsection
35631 \begin_layout Standard
35632 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35633 opening a new view window.
35636 \begin_layout Subsection
35640 \begin_layout Standard
35641 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35642 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35643 view the same document, but at different positions.
35644 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35645 or more documents at the same time.
35646 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35653 \begin_layout Subsection
35657 \begin_layout Standard
35658 Closes a split view.
35661 \begin_layout Subsection
35665 \begin_layout Standard
35666 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35667 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35668 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35669 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35670 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35673 \begin_layout Subsection
35675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35677 name "sub:Toolbars"
35682 \begin_inset Index idx
35685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35694 \begin_layout Standard
35695 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35696 All toolbars and the
35699 \begin_inset space ~
35704 can be turned on and off.
35709 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35721 \begin_inset space ~
35730 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35734 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35741 \begin_layout Standard
35746 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35750 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35751 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35752 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35753 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35754 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35757 \begin_layout Standard
35758 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35759 \begin_inset space ~
35763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35765 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35772 \begin_layout Section
35774 \begin_inset Index idx
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35786 \begin_layout Subsection
35790 \begin_layout Standard
35791 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35792 \begin_inset space ~
35796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35798 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35809 \begin_layout Subsection
35811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35813 name "sub:Special-Character"
35820 \begin_layout Standard
35821 Here you can insert the following characters:
35824 \begin_layout Description
35825 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35826 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35827 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35828 \begin_inset Newline newline
35832 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35840 Not all characters will be visible in the
35844 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35852 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35856 ) can display every character.
35864 \begin_layout Description
35865 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35869 \begin_layout Description
35871 \begin_inset space ~
35875 \begin_inset space ~
35878 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35879 \begin_inset space ~
35883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35885 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35892 \begin_layout Description
35894 \begin_inset space ~
35897 Quote Inserts this quote:
35898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35901 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35903 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35913 \begin_layout Description
35915 \begin_inset space ~
35918 Quote Inserts this quote:
35919 \begin_inset Quotes els
35925 \begin_layout Description
35927 \begin_inset space ~
35930 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35934 \begin_layout Description
35936 \begin_inset space ~
35939 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35943 \begin_layout Description
35945 \begin_inset space ~
35948 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35952 \begin_layout Description
35954 \begin_inset space ~
35958 \begin_inset Index idx
35961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35968 \begin_inset Index idx
35971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35972 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35977 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35978 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35979 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35984 \begin_inset Index idx
35987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35988 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35994 \begin_inset Newline newline
35997 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36001 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36009 and this Wiki-page:
36010 \begin_inset Newline newline
36014 \begin_inset Flex URL
36017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36019 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36027 \begin_layout Subsection
36031 \begin_layout Standard
36032 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36035 \begin_layout Description
36036 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36037 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36043 \begin_layout Description
36044 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36045 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36051 \begin_layout Description
36053 \begin_inset space ~
36056 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36057 \begin_inset space ~
36061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36063 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36070 \begin_layout Description
36072 \begin_inset space ~
36075 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36076 \begin_inset space ~
36080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36082 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36089 \begin_layout Description
36091 \begin_inset space ~
36094 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36095 \begin_inset space ~
36099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36101 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36108 \begin_layout Description
36110 \begin_inset space ~
36113 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36114 \begin_inset space ~
36118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36120 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36127 \begin_layout Description
36129 \begin_inset space ~
36132 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36133 \begin_inset space ~
36137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36139 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36146 \begin_layout Description
36148 \begin_inset space ~
36151 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36152 \begin_inset space ~
36156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36158 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36165 \begin_layout Description
36167 \begin_inset space ~
36170 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36171 \begin_inset space ~
36175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36177 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36184 \begin_layout Description
36186 \begin_inset space ~
36189 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36190 \begin_inset space ~
36194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36196 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36203 \begin_layout Description
36205 \begin_inset space ~
36209 \begin_inset space ~
36212 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36213 \begin_inset space ~
36217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36219 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36226 \begin_layout Description
36228 \begin_inset space ~
36231 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36232 text line to the page border, see section
36233 \begin_inset space ~
36237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36239 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36246 \begin_layout Description
36248 \begin_inset space ~
36251 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36252 \begin_inset space ~
36256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36258 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36265 \begin_layout Description
36267 \begin_inset space ~
36270 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36271 text page to the page border, described in section
36272 \begin_inset space ~
36276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36278 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36285 \begin_layout Description
36287 \begin_inset space ~
36290 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36291 \begin_inset space ~
36295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36297 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36304 \begin_layout Description
36306 \begin_inset space ~
36310 \begin_inset space ~
36313 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36314 \begin_inset space ~
36318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36320 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36327 \begin_layout Subsection
36331 \begin_layout Standard
36332 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36333 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36335 \begin_inset space ~
36339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36341 reference "sec:toc"
36346 The index list is described in section
36347 \begin_inset space ~
36351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36353 reference "sec:Index"
36357 , the nomenclature in section
36358 \begin_inset space ~
36362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36364 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36368 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36369 \begin_inset space ~
36373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36375 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36382 \begin_layout Subsection
36386 \begin_layout Standard
36387 To insert floats, described in section
36388 \begin_inset space ~
36392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36394 reference "sec:Floats"
36401 \begin_layout Subsection
36405 \begin_layout Standard
36406 To insert notes, described in section
36407 \begin_inset space ~
36411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36413 reference "sec:Notes"
36420 \begin_layout Subsection
36424 \begin_layout Standard
36425 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36426 \begin_inset space ~
36430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36432 reference "sec:Branches"
36439 \begin_layout Subsection
36443 \begin_layout Standard
36444 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36445 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36447 An example is the document class
36448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36455 with three custom insets.
36458 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36464 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36467 \begin_layout Subsection
36469 \begin_inset Index idx
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36481 \begin_layout Standard
36482 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36483 files in your document.
36484 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36495 \begin_layout Subsection
36497 \begin_inset Index idx
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36509 \begin_layout Standard
36510 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36511 \begin_inset space ~
36515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36517 reference "sec:Minipages"
36522 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36533 \begin_layout Subsection
36537 \begin_layout Standard
36538 Inserts a citation as described in section
36539 \begin_inset space ~
36543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36545 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36552 \begin_layout Subsection
36556 \begin_layout Standard
36557 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36558 \begin_inset space ~
36562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36564 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36571 \begin_layout Subsection
36575 \begin_layout Standard
36576 Inserts a label as described in section
36577 \begin_inset space ~
36581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36583 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36590 \begin_layout Subsection
36592 \begin_inset Index idx
36595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36602 \begin_inset Index idx
36605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36606 Longtables ! Caption
36614 \begin_layout Standard
36615 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36616 Floats are described in section
36617 \begin_inset space ~
36621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36623 reference "sec:Floats"
36627 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36638 \begin_layout Subsection
36642 \begin_layout Standard
36643 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36644 \begin_inset space ~
36648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36650 reference "sec:Index"
36657 \begin_layout Subsection
36661 \begin_layout Standard
36662 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36663 \begin_inset space ~
36667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36669 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36676 \begin_layout Subsection
36680 \begin_layout Standard
36682 Tables are described in section
36683 \begin_inset space ~
36687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36689 reference "sec:Tables"
36696 \begin_layout Subsection
36700 \begin_layout Standard
36702 Graphics are described in section
36703 \begin_inset space ~
36707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36709 reference "sec:Graphics"
36716 \begin_layout Subsection
36720 \begin_layout Standard
36721 Inserts an URL as described in section
36722 \begin_inset space ~
36726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36728 reference "sub:URLs"
36735 \begin_layout Subsection
36739 \begin_layout Standard
36740 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36741 \begin_inset space ~
36745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36747 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36754 \begin_layout Subsection
36758 \begin_layout Standard
36759 Inserts a footnote, see section
36760 \begin_inset space ~
36764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36766 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36773 \begin_layout Subsection
36777 \begin_layout Standard
36778 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36779 \begin_inset space ~
36783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36785 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36792 \begin_layout Subsection
36796 \begin_layout Standard
36797 Inserts a short title, see section
36798 \begin_inset space ~
36802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36804 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36811 \begin_layout Subsection
36815 \begin_layout Standard
36816 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36817 \begin_inset space ~
36821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36823 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36830 \begin_layout Subsection
36832 \begin_inset Index idx
36835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36844 \begin_layout Standard
36845 Inserts a program listings box.
36846 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36848 Program Code Listings
36857 \begin_layout Subsection
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 Inserts the actual date.
36863 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36865 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36877 \begin_layout Section
36879 \begin_inset Index idx
36882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36891 \begin_layout Standard
36892 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36893 \begin_inset space ~
36896 of the current document.
36897 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36900 \begin_layout Subsection
36904 \begin_layout Standard
36905 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36906 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36912 \begin_inset space \space{}
36916 \begin_inset space ~
36920 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36921 \begin_inset space ~
36924 2.5 and use the menu
36927 \begin_inset space ~
36931 \begin_inset space ~
36938 \begin_inset space ~
36944 \begin_inset space ~
36948 \begin_inset space ~
36954 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36958 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36964 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36970 \begin_layout Standard
36971 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36972 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36975 \begin_layout Subsection
36976 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36979 \begin_layout Standard
36980 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36984 \begin_layout Subsection
36988 \begin_layout Standard
36989 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36990 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36991 on a cross-reference box.
36994 \begin_layout Section
36996 \begin_inset Index idx
36999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37008 \begin_layout Subsection
37012 \begin_layout Standard
37013 Change Tracking is described in section
37014 \begin_inset space ~
37018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37020 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37027 \begin_layout Subsection
37032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 \begin_layout Standard
37043 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37045 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37048 \begin_layout Standard
37049 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37054 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37057 \begin_layout Subsection
37061 \begin_layout Standard
37062 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37063 \begin_inset space ~
37067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37069 reference "sec:Navigating"
37074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37076 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37083 \begin_layout Subsection
37084 Start Appendix Here
37087 \begin_layout Standard
37088 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37089 position as described in section
37090 \begin_inset space ~
37094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37096 reference "sec:Appendices"
37103 \begin_layout Subsection
37107 \begin_layout Standard
37108 Un/compresses the current document.
37111 \begin_layout Subsection
37115 \begin_layout Standard
37116 The document settings are described in appendix
37117 \begin_inset space ~
37121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37123 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37130 \begin_layout Section
37132 \begin_inset Index idx
37135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37144 \begin_layout Subsection
37148 \begin_layout Standard
37149 Spell checking is explained in section
37150 \begin_inset space ~
37154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37156 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37163 \begin_layout Subsection
37167 \begin_layout Standard
37168 The thesaurus is described in section
37169 \begin_inset space ~
37173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37175 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37182 \begin_layout Subsection
37184 \begin_inset Index idx
37187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37194 \begin_inset Index idx
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37206 \begin_layout Standard
37207 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37208 highlighted document part.
37211 \begin_layout Subsection
37213 \begin_inset Index idx
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 \begin_layout Standard
37226 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37229 \begin_layout Subsection
37231 \begin_inset Index idx
37234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37235 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37246 Reconfiguration of LyX
37250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37263 \begin_inset Index idx
37266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37267 Reconfiguration of LyX
37275 \begin_layout Standard
37276 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37277 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37278 \begin_inset space ~
37282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37284 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37291 \begin_layout Subsection
37295 \begin_layout Standard
37296 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37303 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37310 \begin_layout Section
37312 \begin_inset Index idx
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37324 \begin_layout Standard
37325 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37329 \begin_layout Standard
37333 \begin_inset space ~
37338 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37339 found by LyX (see also section
37340 \begin_inset space ~
37344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37346 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37353 \begin_layout Section
37355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37357 name "sec:Toolbars"
37364 \begin_layout Standard
37365 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37366 \begin_inset space ~
37370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37372 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37379 \begin_layout Standard
37380 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37381 This is described in the
37383 Additional Features
37388 \begin_layout Subsection
37390 \begin_inset Index idx
37393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37402 \begin_layout Standard
37403 \begin_inset Graphics
37404 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37412 \begin_layout Standard
37413 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37419 \begin_layout Standard
37420 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37437 \begin_inset Note Note
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37441 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37446 manual for more information.
37454 \begin_layout Standard
37455 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37461 \begin_layout Standard
37462 \begin_inset Tabular
37463 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37464 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37465 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37466 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37472 \begin_inset Graphics
37473 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37487 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37500 \begin_layout Standard
37501 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37507 \begin_layout Standard
37509 \begin_inset Tabular
37510 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37511 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37512 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37513 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37521 \begin_inset Graphics
37522 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37538 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37545 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 \begin_inset Graphics
37551 filename ../images/file-open.png
37552 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37567 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37574 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37579 \begin_inset Graphics
37580 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37596 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37603 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37608 \begin_inset Graphics
37609 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37610 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37625 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37637 \begin_inset Graphics
37638 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37654 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37666 \begin_inset Graphics
37667 filename ../images/undo.png
37668 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37683 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37690 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37695 \begin_inset Graphics
37696 filename ../images/redo.png
37697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37712 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37719 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37724 \begin_inset Graphics
37725 filename ../images/cut.png
37726 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37741 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37753 \begin_inset Graphics
37754 filename ../images/copy.png
37755 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37770 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37782 \begin_inset Graphics
37783 filename ../images/paste.png
37784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37799 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37811 \begin_inset Graphics
37812 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37814 rotateOrigin center
37823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37829 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37849 \begin_inset Graphics
37850 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37852 rotateOrigin center
37861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37867 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37868 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37880 \begin_inset Graphics
37881 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37895 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37897 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37899 \begin_inset space ~
37910 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37915 \begin_inset Graphics
37916 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37930 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37932 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37934 \begin_inset space ~
37945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37950 \begin_inset Graphics
37951 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 Formats text using the current settings in the
37967 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37969 \begin_inset space ~
37980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 \begin_inset Graphics
37986 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38003 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38005 \begin_inset space ~
38014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38019 \begin_inset Graphics
38020 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38021 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38022 rotateOrigin center
38031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38037 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38049 \begin_inset Graphics
38050 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38052 rotateOrigin center
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38079 \begin_inset Graphics
38080 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38081 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38082 rotateOrigin center
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38095 Toggle outline window on/off,
38097 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38109 \begin_inset Graphics
38110 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38112 rotateOrigin center
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38125 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38136 \begin_inset Graphics
38137 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38138 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38139 rotateOrigin center
38148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38152 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38165 \begin_layout Subsection
38167 \begin_inset Index idx
38170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38179 \begin_layout Standard
38180 \begin_inset Graphics
38181 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38189 \begin_layout Standard
38190 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38196 \begin_layout Standard
38197 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38201 \begin_layout Standard
38202 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38208 \begin_layout Standard
38209 \begin_inset Tabular
38210 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38211 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38212 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38213 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38214 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38219 \begin_inset Graphics
38220 filename ../images/layout.png
38221 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38222 rotateOrigin center
38231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38241 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38246 \begin_inset Graphics
38247 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38248 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38249 rotateOrigin center
38258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38268 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38273 \begin_inset Graphics
38274 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38275 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38276 rotateOrigin center
38285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38295 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38300 \begin_inset Graphics
38301 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38302 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38303 rotateOrigin center
38312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38327 \begin_inset Graphics
38328 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38330 rotateOrigin center
38339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 \begin_inset Graphics
38355 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38357 rotateOrigin center
38366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38374 \begin_inset space ~
38378 \begin_inset space ~
38387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38392 \begin_inset Graphics
38393 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38394 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38395 rotateOrigin center
38404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38410 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38412 \begin_inset space ~
38416 \begin_inset space ~
38425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38430 \begin_inset Graphics
38431 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38448 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38455 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38460 \begin_inset Graphics
38461 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38462 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38478 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38490 \begin_inset Graphics
38491 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38519 \begin_inset Graphics
38520 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38521 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38543 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38548 \begin_inset Graphics
38549 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38572 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38577 \begin_inset Graphics
38578 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38596 \begin_inset space ~
38605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38610 \begin_inset Graphics
38611 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38629 \begin_inset space ~
38638 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38643 \begin_inset Graphics
38644 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38645 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38672 \begin_inset Graphics
38673 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38675 rotateOrigin center
38684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38692 \begin_inset space ~
38701 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38706 \begin_inset Graphics
38707 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38708 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38724 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38726 \begin_inset space ~
38735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38740 \begin_inset Graphics
38741 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38769 \begin_inset Graphics
38770 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38793 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38798 \begin_inset Graphics
38799 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38800 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38842 \begin_inset Graphics
38843 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38859 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38860 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38872 \begin_inset Graphics
38873 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38890 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38892 \begin_inset space ~
38901 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38906 \begin_inset Graphics
38907 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38909 rotateOrigin center
38918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38924 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38926 \begin_inset space ~
38935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38940 \begin_inset Graphics
38941 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38942 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38943 rotateOrigin center
38952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38958 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38960 \begin_inset space ~
38969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38974 \begin_inset Graphics
38975 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38976 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38977 rotateOrigin center
38986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38992 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39006 \begin_layout Subsection
39007 View / Update Toolbar
39008 \begin_inset Index idx
39011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39012 Toolbar ! View / Update
39020 \begin_layout Standard
39021 \begin_inset Graphics
39022 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39029 \begin_layout Standard
39030 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39036 \begin_layout Standard
39037 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39041 \begin_layout Standard
39042 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39048 \begin_layout Standard
39049 \begin_inset Tabular
39050 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39051 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39052 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39053 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39059 \begin_inset Graphics
39060 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39062 rotateOrigin center
39071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39077 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39089 \begin_inset Graphics
39090 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39091 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39092 rotateOrigin center
39101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39107 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39108 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39115 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39120 \begin_inset Graphics
39121 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39122 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39123 rotateOrigin center
39132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39138 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39150 \begin_inset Graphics
39151 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39152 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39153 rotateOrigin center
39162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39168 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39169 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39181 \begin_inset Graphics
39182 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39183 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39184 rotateOrigin center
39193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39199 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39206 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39211 \begin_inset Graphics
39212 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39213 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39214 rotateOrigin center
39223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39229 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39230 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39244 \begin_layout Subsection
39248 \begin_layout Standard
39249 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39250 \begin_inset space ~
39254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39256 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39260 , the table toolbar
39261 \begin_inset Index idx
39264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39274 manual, the math macro toolbar
39275 \begin_inset Index idx
39278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39291 \begin_layout Chapter
39292 The Document Settings
39293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39295 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39300 \begin_inset Index idx
39303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39304 Document ! Settings
39312 \begin_layout Standard
39313 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39314 whole document and is called with the menu
39316 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39320 You can save your document settings as default with th
39322 e Save as Document Defaults
39324 button in the dialog.
39325 This will create a template name
39333 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39337 \begin_layout Standard
39338 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39341 \begin_layout Section
39345 \begin_layout Standard
39346 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39348 Document classes are described in section
39349 \begin_inset space ~
39353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39355 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39360 Some classes use some class options by default.
39361 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39365 and you can decide to use them or not.
39366 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39367 recommended not to touch them.
39368 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39374 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39375 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39381 When you want one of the following drivers
39382 \begin_inset Newline newline
39385 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39386 \begin_inset Newline newline
39389 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39394 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39396 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39408 \begin_layout Standard
39409 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39410 child or subdocument.
39411 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39412 without its master.
39413 This way child documents are always compilable.
39414 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39425 \begin_layout Section
39429 \begin_layout Standard
39430 Modules are explained in section
39431 \begin_inset space ~
39435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39437 reference "sub:Modules"
39444 \begin_layout Section
39448 \begin_layout Standard
39449 The document font settings are described in section
39450 \begin_inset space ~
39454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39456 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39463 \begin_layout Section
39467 \begin_layout Standard
39468 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39470 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39474 \begin_layout Standard
39475 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39476 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39477 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39480 \begin_layout Standard
39481 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39489 \begin_layout Section
39493 \begin_layout Standard
39494 A description of this menu is given in section
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39501 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39508 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39515 \begin_layout Section
39519 \begin_layout Standard
39520 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39521 \begin_inset space ~
39525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39527 reference "sub:Margins"
39534 \begin_layout Section
39536 \begin_inset Index idx
39539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39540 Language ! Encoding
39548 \begin_layout Standard
39549 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39550 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39551 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39552 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39553 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39554 known for a particular character).
39558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39559 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39560 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39565 manual for details.
39573 \begin_layout Standard
39574 If you use the option
39578 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39579 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39580 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39581 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39582 exactly one encoding.
39583 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39592 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39593 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39595 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39596 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39610 \begin_layout Standard
39611 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39612 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39613 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39614 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39615 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39616 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39621 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39622 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39623 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39626 \begin_layout Standard
39627 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39630 \begin_layout Description
39632 \begin_inset space ~
39636 \begin_inset space ~
39640 \begin_inset space ~
39647 , but the LaTeX-package
39652 \begin_inset Index idx
39655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39656 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39662 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39663 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39664 languages in TeX code.
39667 \begin_layout Description
39668 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39669 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39670 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39673 \begin_layout Description
39675 \begin_inset space ~
39679 \begin_inset space ~
39682 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39685 \begin_layout Description
39687 \begin_inset space ~
39691 \begin_inset space ~
39694 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39697 \begin_layout Description
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39702 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39705 \begin_layout Description
39707 \begin_inset space ~
39711 \begin_inset space ~
39714 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39715 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39718 \begin_layout Description
39720 \begin_inset space ~
39724 \begin_inset space ~
39727 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39731 \begin_layout Description
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39737 \begin_inset space ~
39740 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39741 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39744 \begin_layout Description
39746 \begin_inset space ~
39750 \begin_inset space ~
39754 \begin_inset space ~
39757 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39758 \begin_inset space ~
39764 \begin_layout Description
39766 \begin_inset space ~
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39774 \begin_inset space ~
39777 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39778 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39781 \begin_layout Description
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39790 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39791 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39792 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39803 \begin_layout Description
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39812 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39813 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39814 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39815 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset space ~
39826 \begin_layout Description
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39832 \begin_inset space ~
39835 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39838 \begin_layout Description
39840 \begin_inset space ~
39844 \begin_inset space ~
39847 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39850 \begin_layout Description
39852 \begin_inset space ~
39856 \begin_inset space ~
39859 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39862 \begin_layout Description
39864 \begin_inset space ~
39867 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39870 \begin_layout Description
39872 \begin_inset space ~
39875 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39878 \begin_layout Description
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39884 \begin_inset space ~
39887 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39890 \begin_layout Description
39892 \begin_inset space ~
39896 \begin_inset space ~
39902 \begin_layout Description
39904 \begin_inset space ~
39908 \begin_inset space ~
39911 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39914 \begin_layout Description
39916 \begin_inset space ~
39920 \begin_inset space ~
39926 \begin_layout Description
39928 \begin_inset space ~
39932 \begin_inset space ~
39935 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39940 \begin_inset Index idx
39943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39944 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39949 , when using this, set the document language to
39954 \begin_layout Description
39956 \begin_inset space ~
39960 \begin_inset space ~
39963 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39967 , when using this, set the document language to
39972 \begin_layout Description
39974 \begin_inset space ~
39978 \begin_inset space ~
39981 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39986 \begin_inset Index idx
39989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39990 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39995 , when using this, set the document language to
40000 \begin_layout Description
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40006 \begin_inset space ~
40009 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40013 , when using this, set the document language to
40018 \begin_layout Description
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40024 \begin_inset space ~
40027 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40031 , when using this, set the document language to
40036 \begin_layout Description
40038 \begin_inset space ~
40041 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40044 \begin_layout Description
40046 \begin_inset space ~
40050 \begin_inset space ~
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40057 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40060 \begin_layout Description
40062 \begin_inset space ~
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40070 \begin_inset space ~
40073 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40074 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40075 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40078 \begin_layout Description
40080 \begin_inset space ~
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40090 \begin_layout Description
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40096 \begin_inset space ~
40099 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40100 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40103 \begin_layout Description
40105 \begin_inset space ~
40109 \begin_inset space ~
40112 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40117 \begin_inset Index idx
40120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40121 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40126 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40129 \begin_layout Description
40131 \begin_inset space ~
40135 \begin_inset space ~
40138 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40142 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40151 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40152 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40166 \begin_layout Description
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40172 \begin_inset space ~
40175 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40180 \begin_inset Index idx
40183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40184 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40189 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40192 \begin_layout Description
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40197 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40202 \begin_inset Index idx
40205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40206 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40212 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40216 \begin_layout Description
40218 \begin_inset space ~
40222 \begin_inset space ~
40226 \begin_inset space ~
40229 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40230 \begin_inset space ~
40236 \begin_layout Description
40238 \begin_inset space ~
40242 \begin_inset space ~
40246 \begin_inset space ~
40249 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40250 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40251 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40255 \begin_layout Description
40257 \begin_inset space ~
40261 \begin_inset space ~
40265 \begin_inset space ~
40268 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40269 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40272 \begin_layout Section
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40278 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40279 \begin_inset space ~
40283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40285 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40292 \begin_layout Section
40296 \begin_layout Standard
40297 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40302 \begin_inset Index idx
40305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40306 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40316 \begin_inset Index idx
40319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40320 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40325 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40330 \begin_inset Index idx
40333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40334 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40339 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40341 For a further description see section
40342 \begin_inset space ~
40346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40348 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40355 \begin_layout Section
40359 \begin_layout Standard
40360 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40361 and you can define additional indexes.
40362 Please refer to section
40363 \begin_inset space ~
40367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40369 reference "sec:Index"
40376 \begin_layout Section
40380 \begin_layout Standard
40381 The PDF properties are explained in section
40382 \begin_inset space ~
40386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40388 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40395 \begin_layout Section
40399 \begin_layout Standard
40400 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40405 \begin_inset Index idx
40408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40409 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40419 \begin_inset Index idx
40422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40423 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40428 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40431 \begin_layout Standard
40436 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40437 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40440 \begin_layout Standard
40445 is used for special integral characters.
40448 \begin_layout Section
40452 \begin_layout Standard
40453 The float placement options are described in section
40454 \begin_inset space ~
40458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40460 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40467 \begin_layout Section
40471 \begin_layout Standard
40472 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40473 The itemize environment is described in section
40474 \begin_inset space ~
40478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40480 reference "sec:Itemize"
40487 \begin_layout Section
40491 \begin_layout Standard
40492 Branches are described in section
40493 \begin_inset space ~
40497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40499 reference "sec:Branches"
40506 \begin_layout Section
40511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40521 \begin_layout Standard
40522 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40523 to define LaTeX-commands.
40524 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40525 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40529 \begin_layout Standard
40530 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40531 \begin_inset space ~
40535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40537 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40544 \begin_layout Chapter
40550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40552 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40557 \begin_inset Index idx
40560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40569 \begin_layout Standard
40570 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40572 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40576 It has the following submenus.
40579 \begin_layout Section
40583 \begin_layout Subsection
40587 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40588 User Interface File
40589 \begin_inset Index idx
40592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40593 Customization ! of toolbars
40599 \begin_inset Index idx
40602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40603 Customization ! of menus
40611 \begin_layout Standard
40612 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40620 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40629 \begin_layout Standard
40630 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40631 interface (ui) file.
40632 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40633 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40642 Both files are loaded by the
40647 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40648 files and edit the entries.
40651 \begin_layout Standard
40652 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40664 entries must be ended with an explicit
40689 and in the case of the
40690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40702 The syntax for the entries is:
40705 \begin_layout Standard
40706 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40734 \begin_layout Standard
40736 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40739 All LyX-functions are listed in
40740 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40749 \begin_layout Standard
40750 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40756 \begin_layout Standard
40757 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40759 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40762 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40766 \begin_layout Standard
40767 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40791 \begin_layout Standard
40793 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40796 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40799 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40803 \begin_layout Standard
40806 Enable tool tips in main work area
40808 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40816 \begin_layout Standard
40820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40827 restoring of window layout and geometries
40829 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40830 in the last LyX session.
40833 \begin_layout Standard
40836 Restore cursor positions
40838 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40842 \begin_layout Standard
40845 Load opened files from last session
40847 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40854 name "sub:Backup documents"
40859 \begin_inset Index idx
40862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40871 \begin_layout Standard
40876 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40879 \begin_layout Standard
40884 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40887 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40889 \begin_inset space ~
40897 \begin_layout Standard
40900 Open documents in tabs
40902 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40906 \begin_layout Subsection
40908 \begin_inset Index idx
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40920 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40927 \begin_layout Standard
40928 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40931 \begin_layout Standard
40932 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40940 This section only deals with the fonts
40945 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40949 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40960 \begin_layout Standard
40961 By default, LyX uses
40965 as roman (serif) font,
40973 (depends on the system) as
40976 \begin_inset space ~
40992 \begin_layout Standard
40993 You can change the font size with the
40998 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40999 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41002 \begin_layout Standard
41007 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41008 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41013 points have the size of 1
41014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41018 \begin_inset space ~
41022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41024 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41031 \begin_layout Standard
41036 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41041 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41042 \begin_inset space ~
41046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41048 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41055 \begin_layout Standard
41058 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41060 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41061 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41062 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41063 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41065 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41066 \begin_inset space ~
41072 \begin_layout Subsection
41074 \begin_inset Index idx
41077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41084 \begin_inset Index idx
41087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41096 \begin_layout Standard
41097 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41098 Choose an item in the list and use the
41105 \begin_layout Subsection
41107 \begin_inset Index idx
41110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41119 \begin_layout Standard
41120 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41123 \begin_layout Standard
41128 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41129 This feature is described in section
41130 \begin_inset space ~
41134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41136 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41143 \begin_layout Standard
41147 \begin_inset space ~
41151 \begin_inset space ~
41155 \begin_inset space ~
41160 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41163 \begin_layout Section
41165 \begin_inset Index idx
41168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41177 \begin_layout Subsection
41181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41185 \begin_layout Standard
41188 Cursor follows scrollbar
41190 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41194 \begin_layout Standard
41197 Sort environments alphabetically
41199 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41202 \begin_layout Standard
41205 Group environments by their category
41207 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41210 \begin_layout Standard
41211 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41223 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41227 \begin_layout Standard
41228 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41233 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41234 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41238 \begin_layout Subsection
41240 \begin_inset Index idx
41243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41250 \begin_inset Index idx
41253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41254 Settings ! Shortcuts
41262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41266 \begin_layout Standard
41267 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41268 Several binding files are available:
41271 \begin_layout Description
41272 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41275 \begin_layout Description
41276 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41287 \begin_layout Description
41288 mac.bind set of bindings for
41291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41299 \begin_layout Standard
41300 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41304 , and bind files for special languages.
41305 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41310 \begin_inset space \space{}
41314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41322 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41326 \begin_layout Standard
41327 Some bind-files, like
41331 , have only a small scope.
41332 When looking at the end of the file
41336 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41339 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41343 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41348 \begin_inset Index idx
41351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41352 Key Bindings ! Editing
41360 \begin_layout Standard
41361 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41362 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41363 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41366 Show key-bindings containing
41369 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41370 Insert there for example as keyword
41371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41378 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41388 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41389 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41393 that you will find in the
41400 \begin_layout Standard
41402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41406 \begin_inset space \space{}
41417 , select the function and press the
41422 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41423 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41424 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41425 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41426 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41428 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41430 The binding for the function
41434 is an example of this.
41437 \begin_layout Standard
41438 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41440 The syntax of the entries is:
41443 \begin_layout Standard
41449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41467 \begin_layout Subsection
41469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41479 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41484 \begin_inset Index idx
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 \begin_inset Index idx
41497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41498 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41506 \begin_layout Standard
41507 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41508 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41514 \begin_inset space \space{}
41517 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41518 can use the keyboard map file named
41525 \begin_layout Standard
41526 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41542 \begin_layout Standard
41543 Besides this, you can specify here the
41545 Wheel scrolling speed
41548 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41552 \begin_layout Subsection
41554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41556 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41561 \begin_inset Index idx
41564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41573 \begin_layout Standard
41574 Input completion is described in sec.
41575 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41581 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41586 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41588 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41589 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41593 \begin_layout Section
41595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41602 \begin_inset Index idx
41605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41612 \begin_inset Index idx
41615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41624 \begin_layout Description
41626 \begin_inset space ~
41629 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41630 It is the default when you
41641 \begin_inset space ~
41649 \begin_layout Description
41651 \begin_inset space ~
41654 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41656 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41658 \begin_inset space ~
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41670 \begin_layout Description
41672 \begin_inset space ~
41675 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41681 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41685 \begin_inset Newline newline
41689 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41701 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41709 \begin_layout Description
41711 \begin_inset space ~
41715 \begin_inset Index idx
41718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41724 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41725 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41726 \begin_inset space ~
41730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41732 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41740 will be used to save the backups.
41741 \begin_inset Newline newline
41744 The backup files have the ending
41745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41755 \begin_layout Description
41760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41767 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41768 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41769 \begin_inset Newline newline
41773 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41781 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41789 \begin_layout Description
41791 \begin_inset space ~
41794 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41797 \begin_layout Description
41799 \begin_inset space ~
41802 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41803 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41804 to find it on the system.
41805 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41806 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41815 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41816 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41820 \begin_layout Section
41824 \begin_layout Standard
41825 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41826 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41828 \begin_inset space ~
41832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41834 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41838 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41841 \begin_layout Section
41843 \begin_inset Index idx
41846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41847 Language ! Settings
41853 \begin_inset Index idx
41856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 Settings ! Language
41865 \begin_layout Subsection
41869 \begin_layout Description
41871 \begin_inset space ~
41875 \begin_inset space ~
41878 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41879 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41880 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41881 You find the actual translation status here:
41882 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41884 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41885 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41892 \begin_layout Description
41894 \begin_inset space ~
41897 language is the language used in new documents
41900 \begin_layout Description
41902 \begin_inset space ~
41905 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41907 The default is the LaTeX-command
41913 that loads the package
41921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41922 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41923 \begin_inset space ~
41927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41929 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41939 \begin_inset Newline newline
41946 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41947 to the document language.
41948 A text label is, for instance, the word
41949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41956 at the beginning of every table caption.
41959 \begin_layout Description
41961 \begin_inset space ~
41964 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41965 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41966 An example is the start command
41972 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41977 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41992 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41997 \begin_layout Description
41999 \begin_inset space ~
42007 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42008 command toggles the package on and off.
42011 \begin_layout Description
42013 \begin_inset space ~
42023 \begin_layout Description
42024 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42025 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42026 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42027 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42034 \begin_layout Description
42036 \begin_inset space ~
42039 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42041 When this option is not set, the
42044 \begin_inset space ~
42049 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42050 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42053 \begin_inset space ~
42061 \begin_layout Description
42063 \begin_inset space ~
42069 \begin_inset space ~
42075 When it is not set, the
42078 \begin_inset space ~
42083 is set to the end of the document.
42086 \begin_layout Description
42088 \begin_inset space ~
42092 \begin_inset space ~
42095 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42096 language will be underlined blue.
42099 \begin_layout Description
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42105 \begin_inset space ~
42108 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42109 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42112 \begin_layout Description
42114 \begin_inset space ~
42117 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42118 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42119 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42120 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42123 \begin_layout Subsection
42127 \begin_layout Standard
42128 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42129 \begin_inset space ~
42133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42135 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42142 \begin_layout Section
42146 \begin_layout Subsection
42148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42155 \begin_inset Index idx
42158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42165 \begin_inset Index idx
42168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 \begin_layout Description
42179 \begin_inset space ~
42182 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42183 The name will be used when the
42188 \begin_inset Newline newline
42192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42200 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42208 \begin_layout Description
42210 \begin_inset space ~
42214 \begin_inset space ~
42218 \begin_inset space ~
42221 printer This option works only for the
42226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42238 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42239 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42242 \begin_layout Description
42244 \begin_inset space ~
42247 command is the command LyX
42248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42255 LaTeX uses for printing.
42256 The default is on most systems
42263 \begin_layout Description
42265 \begin_inset space ~
42269 \begin_inset space ~
42272 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42273 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42274 of the program that provides the
42281 \begin_layout Subsection
42283 \begin_inset Index idx
42286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42293 \begin_inset Index idx
42296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42297 Settings ! Date format
42305 \begin_layout Standard
42306 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42307 \begin_inset Newline newline
42311 \begin_inset Flex URL
42314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42316 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42322 \begin_inset Newline newline
42325 For example the format
42326 \begin_inset Newline newline
42330 \begin_inset Newline newline
42333 prints the date as day/month/year.
42336 \begin_layout Subsection
42340 \begin_layout Description
42342 \begin_inset space ~
42346 \begin_inset space ~
42349 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42352 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42353 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42355 \begin_inset space ~
42361 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42365 \begin_layout Description
42367 \begin_inset space ~
42370 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42375 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42376 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42379 \begin_layout Subsection
42384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42394 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42399 \begin_inset Index idx
42402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42411 \begin_layout Description
42416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42424 \begin_inset space ~
42427 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42432 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42454 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42467 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42468 LyX sets up in the background.
42469 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42472 \begin_layout Description
42474 \begin_inset space ~
42478 \begin_inset space ~
42481 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42486 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42489 \begin_layout Standard
42490 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42491 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42492 manuals of the applications.
42493 Currently the following commands can be set:
42496 \begin_layout Description
42501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42509 \begin_inset space ~
42512 command Command for the program
42516 that is described in the section
42522 Additional Features
42527 \begin_layout Description
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42540 \begin_inset space ~
42543 command Command for the program
42547 that generates the bibliography, see section
42548 \begin_inset space ~
42552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42554 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42561 \begin_layout Description
42563 \begin_inset space ~
42566 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42567 \begin_inset space ~
42571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42573 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42580 \begin_layout Description
42582 \begin_inset space ~
42585 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42586 \begin_inset space ~
42590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42592 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42599 \begin_layout Description
42601 \begin_inset space ~
42605 \begin_inset space ~
42609 \begin_inset space ~
42613 \begin_inset space ~
42616 options They only have an effect when the program
42620 is used as DVI-viewer.
42623 \begin_layout Standard
42624 There are additionally the following options:
42627 \begin_layout Description
42629 \begin_inset space ~
42633 \begin_inset space ~
42637 \begin_inset space ~
42641 \begin_inset space ~
42645 \begin_inset space ~
42648 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42666 to separate folders.
42667 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42668 \begin_inset Index idx
42671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42678 \begin_inset Index idx
42681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42690 \begin_layout Description
42692 \begin_inset space ~
42696 \begin_inset space ~
42700 \begin_inset space ~
42704 \begin_inset space ~
42708 \begin_inset space ~
42712 \begin_inset space ~
42715 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42717 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42720 dialog when changing the document class.
42723 \begin_layout Section
42725 \begin_inset space ~
42729 \begin_inset Index idx
42732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42741 \begin_layout Subsection
42743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42745 name "sub:Converters"
42750 \begin_inset Index idx
42753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42762 \begin_layout Standard
42763 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42764 from one format to another.
42765 You can modify them or create new ones.
42766 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42773 \begin_inset space ~
42783 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42787 \begin_inset space ~
42792 drop-down list, modify the
42796 field, and press the
42803 \begin_layout Standard
42806 Converter File Cache
42808 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42811 Maximum Age (in days
42814 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42815 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42818 \begin_layout Standard
42819 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42820 the converter definition, is described in the section
42831 \begin_layout Subsection
42833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42835 name "sec:File-Formats"
42840 \begin_inset Index idx
42843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42850 \begin_inset Index idx
42853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42862 \begin_layout Standard
42863 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42864 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42868 \begin_layout Standard
42869 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42870 is described in the section
42881 \begin_layout Standard
42882 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42883 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42884 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42885 This is done by specifying a
42890 More about this is described in the section
42901 \begin_layout Chapter
42902 Units available in LyX
42903 \begin_inset Index idx
42906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42915 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42922 \begin_layout Standard
42923 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42926 reference "cap:Units"
42930 explains all units available in LyX.
42933 \begin_layout Standard
42934 \begin_inset Float table
42940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42941 \begin_inset Caption
42943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42959 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42967 \begin_inset Tabular
42968 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42969 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43122 scaled point (65536
43123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43183 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43238 % of original image width
43245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43452 \begin_layout Chapter
43454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43463 \begin_layout Standard
43464 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43465 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43468 \begin_layout Itemize
43471 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43474 \begin_layout Itemize
43480 \begin_layout Itemize
43486 \begin_layout Itemize
43492 \begin_layout Itemize
43498 \begin_layout Itemize
43504 \begin_layout Itemize
43510 \begin_layout Itemize
43516 \begin_layout Itemize
43519 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43522 \begin_layout Itemize
43528 \begin_layout Itemize
43534 \begin_layout Itemize
43540 \begin_layout Itemize
43546 \begin_layout Itemize
43552 \begin_layout Itemize
43558 \begin_layout Itemize
43564 \begin_layout Itemize
43570 \begin_layout Itemize
43572 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43581 \begin_layout Standard
43582 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43585 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43592 \begin_layout Bibliography
43593 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43594 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43595 LatexCommand bibitem
43602 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43605 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43610 \begin_inset Newline newline
43614 \begin_inset Flex URL
43617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43619 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43627 \begin_layout Bibliography
43628 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43629 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43630 LatexCommand bibitem
43631 key "latexcompanion"
43635 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43637 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43640 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43643 \begin_layout Bibliography
43644 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43645 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43646 LatexCommand bibitem
43651 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43654 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43657 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43660 \begin_layout Bibliography
43661 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43662 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43663 LatexCommand bibitem
43670 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43673 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43676 \begin_layout Bibliography
43677 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43678 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43679 LatexCommand bibitem
43691 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43694 \begin_layout Bibliography
43695 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43697 LatexCommand bibitem
43703 \begin_inset Newline newline
43707 \begin_inset Flex URL
43710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43712 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43720 \begin_layout Bibliography
43721 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43722 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43723 LatexCommand bibitem
43729 \begin_inset Newline newline
43733 \begin_inset Flex URL
43736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43738 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43746 \begin_layout Bibliography
43747 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43748 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43749 LatexCommand bibitem
43755 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43757 name "Documentation"
43758 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43767 \begin_inset Newline newline
43771 \begin_inset Flex URL
43774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43776 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43784 \begin_layout Bibliography
43785 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43786 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43787 LatexCommand bibitem
43793 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43795 name "Documentation"
43796 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43800 how to use the program
43805 \begin_inset Newline newline
43809 \begin_inset Flex URL
43812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43814 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43822 \begin_layout Bibliography
43823 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43824 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43825 LatexCommand bibitem
43831 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43833 name "Documentation"
43834 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43843 \begin_inset Newline newline
43847 \begin_inset Flex URL
43850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43852 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43860 \begin_layout Bibliography
43861 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43862 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43863 LatexCommand bibitem
43869 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43871 name "Documentation"
43872 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43881 \begin_inset Newline newline
43885 \begin_inset Flex URL
43888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43890 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43898 \begin_layout Bibliography
43899 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43900 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43901 LatexCommand bibitem
43907 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43909 name "Documentation"
43910 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43914 of the LaTeX-package
43919 \begin_inset Index idx
43922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43923 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43929 \begin_inset Newline newline
43933 \begin_inset Flex URL
43936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43938 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43946 \begin_layout Bibliography
43947 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43948 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43949 LatexCommand bibitem
43955 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43957 name "Documentation"
43958 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43962 of the LaTeX-package
43967 \begin_inset Index idx
43970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43971 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43977 \begin_inset Newline newline
43981 \begin_inset Flex URL
43984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43986 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43994 \begin_layout Bibliography
43995 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43996 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43997 LatexCommand bibitem
44005 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44007 name "Documentation"
44008 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44014 of the LaTeX-package
44019 \begin_inset Index idx
44022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44023 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44029 \begin_inset Newline newline
44033 \begin_inset Flex URL
44036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44038 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44046 \begin_layout Bibliography
44047 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44048 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44049 LatexCommand bibitem
44055 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44057 name "Documentation"
44058 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44062 of the LaTeX-package
44067 \begin_inset Index idx
44070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44071 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44077 \begin_inset Newline newline
44081 \begin_inset Flex URL
44084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44086 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44094 \begin_layout Bibliography
44095 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44096 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44097 LatexCommand bibitem
44103 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44105 name "Documentation"
44106 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44110 of the LaTeX-package
44115 \begin_inset Index idx
44118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44119 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44125 \begin_inset Newline newline
44129 \begin_inset Flex URL
44132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44134 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44142 \begin_layout Bibliography
44143 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44144 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44145 LatexCommand bibitem
44151 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44153 name "Documentation"
44154 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44158 of the LaTeX-package
44163 \begin_inset Index idx
44166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44167 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44173 \begin_inset Newline newline
44177 \begin_inset Flex URL
44180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44182 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44190 \begin_layout Bibliography
44191 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44192 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44193 LatexCommand bibitem
44199 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44202 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44206 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44207 \begin_inset Newline newline
44211 \begin_inset Flex URL
44214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44216 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44224 \begin_layout Bibliography
44225 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44226 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44227 LatexCommand bibitem
44233 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44236 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44240 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44241 \begin_inset Newline newline
44245 \begin_inset Flex URL
44248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44250 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44258 \begin_layout Bibliography
44259 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44260 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44261 LatexCommand bibitem
44267 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44270 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44274 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44275 \begin_inset Newline newline
44279 \begin_inset Flex URL
44282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44284 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44292 \begin_layout Bibliography
44293 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44294 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44295 LatexCommand bibitem
44301 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44304 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44308 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44309 \begin_inset Newline newline
44313 \begin_inset Flex URL
44316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44318 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44326 \begin_layout Bibliography
44327 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44328 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44329 LatexCommand bibitem
44335 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44338 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44342 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44343 \begin_inset Newline newline
44347 \begin_inset Flex URL
44350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44352 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44360 \begin_layout Bibliography
44361 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44362 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44363 LatexCommand bibitem
44369 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44372 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44376 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44377 \begin_inset Newline newline
44381 \begin_inset Flex URL
44384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44386 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44394 \begin_layout Bibliography
44395 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44396 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44397 LatexCommand bibitem
44403 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44406 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44410 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44411 \begin_inset Newline newline
44415 \begin_inset Flex URL
44418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44420 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44428 \begin_layout Bibliography
44429 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44430 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44431 LatexCommand bibitem
44437 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44440 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44444 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44445 \begin_inset Newline newline
44449 \begin_inset Flex URL
44452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44454 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44462 \begin_layout Bibliography
44463 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44464 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44465 LatexCommand bibitem
44471 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44474 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44478 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44479 \begin_inset Newline newline
44483 \begin_inset Flex URL
44486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44488 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44496 \begin_layout Bibliography
44497 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44498 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44499 LatexCommand bibitem
44505 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44508 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44512 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44513 \begin_inset Newline newline
44517 \begin_inset Flex URL
44520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44522 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44530 \begin_layout Bibliography
44531 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44532 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44533 LatexCommand bibitem
44539 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44542 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44546 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44547 \begin_inset Newline newline
44551 \begin_inset Flex URL
44554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44556 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44564 \begin_layout Bibliography
44565 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44566 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44567 LatexCommand bibitem
44573 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44576 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44580 about new features in
44585 \begin_inset Newline newline
44589 \begin_inset Flex URL
44592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44594 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44602 \begin_layout Standard
44603 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44637 \begin_inset Note Note
44640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44647 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44648 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44649 bibliography is the second one:
44657 \begin_layout Standard
44658 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44659 LatexCommand bibtex
44660 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44661 options "biblio/alphadin"
44668 \begin_layout Standard
44669 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44672 \begin_layout Standard
44673 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44674 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44680 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44681 LatexCommand printindex